Oracle9i Database Master Index: S
(Release 2 (9.2))
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- S locks
- LOCK TABLE statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- S number format element (SQL Reference)
- s option (-sql) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- S variable in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- S, ojspc option (for SQLJ options) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Sales History schema
- accessing through sample program (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- list of metadata objects in (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- metadata discovery program (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Salton's formula for scoring (Text Reference)
- same-row writers block writers (Concepts)
- SAMeDL (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sample
- programs
- Naive Bayes (Data Mining Concepts)
- sample application DEMCALSP.A (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sample application DEMOHOST.A (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sample applications
- custom tag definition and use (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- data access, starter sample (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globalization, depending on translate_params (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globalization, not depending on translate_params (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globals.jsa samples (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globals.jsa, application and session events (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globals.jsa, application events (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globals.jsa, global declarations (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- HttpSessionBindingListener sample (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- JDBC vs. SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- JSP-servlet interaction (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- multiple connection contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple-row query (named iterator) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multithreading (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- page implementation class code (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- single-row query (SELECT INTO) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ example (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- SAMPLE BLOCK clause (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- access path (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- access path and hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sample C API usage (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sample classes
- custom Java class (BetterDate) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SerializableDatum class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SAMPLE clause (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- access path (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- access path and hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cost-based optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- of SELECT (SQL Reference)
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- sample database table
- DEPT table (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EMP table (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample database tables
- [entry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- DEPT table (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EMP table (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample images (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- sample object type code (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample PL/SQL usage (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sample program (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- sample programs (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ansidyn1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ansidyn2.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Association Rules (Data Mining Concepts)
- Attribute Importance (Data Mining Concepts)
- basic usage (Data Mining Concepts)
- binning (Data Mining Concepts)
- calldemo.sql, with sample9.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- calling a stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- classification (Data Mining Concepts)
- clustering (Data Mining Concepts)
- coldemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- compiling all (Data Mining Concepts)
- compiling and executing (Data Mining Concepts)
- cppdemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cppdemo2.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cppdemo3.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor operations (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variable demos (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variable use (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variables
- PL/SQL source (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cv_demo.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cv_demo.sql (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- data (Data Mining Concepts)
- datatype equivalencing (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- discretization (Data Mining Concepts)
- dynamic SQL Method 1 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 2 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 3 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXEC ORACLE scope (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- executing all (Data Mining Concepts)
- extp1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fetching in batches (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- global property file (Data Mining Concepts)
- how to precompile (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in demo directory (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB DESCRIBE example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- lobdemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOBDEMO1.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Model Seeker (Data Mining Concepts)
- Naive Bayes (Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- Naive Bayes models (Data Mining Concepts)
- navdemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- O-Cluster (Data Mining Concepts)
- oraca.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Data Mining Concepts)
- PL/SQL examples (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- PMML export (Data Mining Concepts)
- PMML import (Data Mining Concepts)
- property files (Data Mining Concepts)
- sample1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE1.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample10.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE10.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample11.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE11.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample12.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE12.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE13.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE14.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample2.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE2.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample3.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE3.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample4.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE4.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample5.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample6.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE6.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample7.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE7.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample8.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE8.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample9.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE9.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- simple query (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcp.pc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- tables of group items (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER...DO CALL example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample programs
- on-line location of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Sample Schemas
- description (Administrator's Guide)
- sample scripts
- RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- sample search tool, building with C API (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sample service
- executing (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- sample table scans (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sample tables
- access to (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- building (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- creating (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- removing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- unlocking (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample tables
- on-line location of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sample translation (JPublisher User's Guide)
- sample tuning session (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SampleAnn attributes (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- samples
- definition (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- SAMPLE_TIMESTAMP attribute (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- sar UNIX command (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SASL. See Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL). (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Save as a Database Template
- option on Creation options page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Save As command (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- ANSIDYN2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- building (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- COLDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- CPPDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- CPPDEMO2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- CPPDEMO3 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- CV_DEMO (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- default drive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- described (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- new features (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- New toolbar button (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- Object Type Translator (OTT) (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- objects (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- APPEND clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing commands in scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using with INPUT to create scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- save script button (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Save to Repository (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- saveMIMEMappings( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- savepoint (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT keyword
- behavior differences (Migration)
- savepoint management (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- savepoint names
- reusing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SAVEPOINT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- savepoints
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- altering (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- altering description of (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- as alternative to creating child workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- deleting (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- described (Concepts)
- erasing (SQL Reference)
- ExecutionContext savepoint methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- explicit (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- implicit (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- in-doubt transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- maximum number of (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- removable (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- rolling back to (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- savepoint statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- uses for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when erased (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- saveResBuffer(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveResBuffer(String, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveResBufferToClob() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveResBufferToFile() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveToAnnotation( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- saveToFile( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- saveXmlBuffer(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXmlBuffer(String, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXmlBufferToClob() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXmlBufferToFile() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXslBuffer(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXslBuffer(String, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXslBufferToClob() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- saveXslBufferToFile() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SAVE_CONFIG command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SAVE_DEFAULT_LABELS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- saving (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- file (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- job history (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- saving
- analysis results (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- class data as a user-defined analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Performance Manager charts (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- saving a file (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- saving a session (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- saving environment attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Saving Tuning Session Data to a Log File (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- saving your work (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SAX (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- event -based API (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SAX API (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #3] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #4] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SAX APIs for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- SAX, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SAXAttrList (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SAXAttrList - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXAttrList (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SAXAttrList(int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXAttrList.SAXAttrList(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SAXParser - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXParser (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SAXParser() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXParser.SAXParser() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SAXParser() class (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SAXSample.java (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SA_COMPONENTS package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_POLICY_ADMIN package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_SESSION functions
- defined (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- viewing security attributes (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_SYSDBA package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_USER_ADMIN package
- administering stored program units (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_USER_NAME function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_UTL package
- dominance functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- sb1
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sb2
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sb4
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sbtio.log
- and RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- sbttest program (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SbyLogQueue property (Data Guard Broker)
- scalability
- [entry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Planning)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- adding instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- adding nodes (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- adding nodes and instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- applications (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- batch jobs (Data Warehousing Guide)
- client/server architecture (Concepts)
- factors preventing (Performance Planning)
- four levels of (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- general information about (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- hardware (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Internet (Performance Planning)
- levels of (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- linear (Performance Planning)
- network (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL execution (Concepts)
- security (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- serially reusable packages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- shared memory system (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Scalability fo Distributed Environments (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Scalability of Event System (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Scalability of Job System (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- scalability tests (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- scalability, of Oracle Internet Directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- scalable operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- scalar datatypes (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- scalar functions, SQL92 syntax (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scalar object types (New Features)
- scalar subqueries (SQL Reference)
- scalar subquery expressions (SQL Reference)
- scalar types (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Scale
- using SQLPRC to extract (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scale
- applications (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- greater than precision (SQL Reference)
- negative (SQL Reference)
- of NUMBER datatype (SQL Reference)
- specifying (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using sqlprc() to extract (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when negative (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scale
- extracting (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- in the FIXED DECIMAL PL/I datatype (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in error reporting (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- when negative (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SCALE - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.SCALE (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SCALE_GEOM_SEGMENT function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- scaling a geometric segment (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- Scan Columns option
- collecting column cardinality (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- scan modes
- Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- full database scan (Globalization Support Guide)
- single table scan (Globalization Support Guide)
- user tables scan (Globalization Support Guide)
- SCAN variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- scans
- full table
- LRU algorithm (Concepts)
- parallel query (Concepts)
- table scan and CACHE clause (Concepts)
- scattered read wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SCC datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- scenario model, defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- scenarios
- cascaded redo log destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- choosing best standby database for role transition (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failing over with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- recovering
- a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- after NOLOGGING is specified (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- from a network failure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- time lag in redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scenarios for financial modeling (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- scenarios, Recovery Manager
- backing up archived redo logs (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- cataloging operating system copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- duplexing backup sets (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- handling backup errors (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- incremental backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- incremental cumulative backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- listing backups and copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- listing obsolete backups and copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- maintaining backups and copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- NOARCHIVELOG backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- recovering pre-resetlogs backup (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- recovery after total media failure (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- reporting database schema (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- reporting obsolete backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting size of backup sets (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- schedule
- and manage jobs (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- execution of a job (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- job (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- schedule and manage jobs (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- scheduled links (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- continuous pushes (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- guidelines (Advanced Replication)
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
- periodic pushes (Advanced Replication)
- serial propagation (Advanced Replication)
- scheduled purges
- guidelines (Advanced Replication)
- periodic purges (Advanced Replication)
- schedulePropagation (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- schedules
- altering (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION procedure (Streams)
- scheduling
- execution of command line interface scripts (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- propagation (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- schema
- [entry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- adding and changing object classes (online) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- administration (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- AQ XML (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- creating index on table in another schema (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- definition location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- definitions in subSchemaSubentry (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- distributed among several tablespaces (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- elements (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- add/replace event (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- delete event (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for specific Oracle products (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle proprietary (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for orclACI (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for orclEntryLevelACI (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- IDAP (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- invoking operators on table in another schema (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- objects, administering by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SOAP (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- schema
- reason for being invalid (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SCHEMA - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.SCHEMA (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- Schema category
- of Schema class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Schema class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting data from .SQL file (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting data from .XDL file (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting from an instance (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- data tuned (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- frequency of collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Schema category (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- specifying schemas to collect (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- specifying tables to collect (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Statistics category (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- when to collect data for (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SCHEMA clause
- of CREATE JAVA (SQL Reference)
- Schema Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Schema Management pane, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- schema mapping (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- schema mappings (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- schema name required when running SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- schema names
- qualifying column names (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- schema names, -omit_schema_names option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- schema naming conventions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- schema object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- cluster (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- defined (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- if missing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- managing Java (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- name (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- names, maximum length (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- synonym (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- table (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- used in tuning process (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- using (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- view (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- schema object privileges (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- DML and DDL operations (Concepts)
- granting and revoking (Concepts)
- views (Concepts)
- schema objects
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- analyzing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (Concepts)
- options (SQL Reference)
- cascading effects on revoking (Administrator's Guide)
- compatibility (Migration)
- creating
- tablespace quota required (Concepts)
- creating multiple objects (Administrator's Guide)
- default audit options (Administrator's Guide)
- default tablespace for (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- defining default buffer pool for (SQL Reference)
- defining using DBMS_METADATA package (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- dependencies between (Administrator's Guide)
- dependencies of (Concepts)
- and distributed databases (Concepts)
- and views (Concepts)
- on non-existence of other objects (Concepts)
- triggers manage (Concepts)
- dependent on lost privileges (Concepts)
- dimensions (Concepts)
- disabling audit options (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed database naming conventions for (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- enabling audit options on (Administrator's Guide)
- global names (Administrator's Guide)
- granting privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- in a revoked tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- in other schemas (SQL Reference)
- information in data dictionary (Concepts)
- list of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- listing by type (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- name resolution (SQL Reference)
- name resolution in SQL statements (Administrator's Guide)
- namespaces (SQL Reference)
- naming
- examples (SQL Reference)
- guidelines (SQL Reference)
- rules (SQL Reference)
- naming generated classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded resources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- object types (SQL Reference)
- obtaining metadata about (Administrator's Guide)
- on remote databases (SQL Reference)
- owned by dropped users (Administrator's Guide)
- partitioned indexes (SQL Reference)
- partitioned tables (SQL Reference)
- parts of (SQL Reference)
- privileges on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- privileges to access (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges to rename (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges with (Administrator's Guide)
- protecting location (SQL Reference)
- protecting owner (SQL Reference)
- providing alternate names for (SQL Reference)
- reauthorizing (SQL Reference)
- recompiling (SQL Reference)
- referring to (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- relationship to datafiles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- remote (SQL Reference)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- revoking privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- trigger dependencies on (Concepts)
- user-defined types (Concepts)
- validating structure (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- viewing information (Administrator's Guide)
- Schema page. See Collect Options property sheet. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- schema rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- schema, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Schema, XML, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- schema-independent users (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- schema-related debugging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SchemaClassGenerator (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SchemaClassGenerator() - oracle.xml.classgen.SchemaClassGenerator.SchemaClassGenerator() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- schemaLocation (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- schemas
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- applying policies to (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- changes
- updating recovery catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- changing for a session (SQL Reference)
- contents of (Concepts)
- contrasted with tablespaces (Concepts)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- creating for materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- data manipulation on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- default (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- default policy options (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- design guidelines for materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- identical to primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- restrictions on shared (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- snowflake (Data Warehousing Guide)
- specifying for Export (Utilities)
- star (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- star schemas (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- third normal form (Data Warehousing Guide)
- unique (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- user-defined datatypes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- user-defined types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- schemas, shared (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- schemaValidate (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- method (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SCHEMA_NAMES OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- usage (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SCHEMA_OBJECT - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilderFactory.SCHEMA_OBJECT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SCHEMA_OBJECT - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.SCHEMA_OBJECT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- schemes, iteration (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- scientific notation (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- scientific notation for FLOAT EXTERNAL (Utilities)
- SCN
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- determine the highest applicable (newest) (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SCN (system change number)
- use in distributed recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- SCN. (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- scope (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collection (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- identifier (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- loop counter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of DECLARE STATEMENT directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of the EXEC ORACLE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- package (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope
- of host variables (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of precompiler options (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of WHENEVER statement (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SCOPE clause
- ALTER SYSTEM SET (Administrator's Guide)
- SCOPE FOR clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- SCOPE FOR constraint (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- SCOPE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- scope notes
- finding (Text Reference)
- Scope page. See New Tuning Session dialog box. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- scope, autonomous (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- scope. See tuning scope. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- scoped directive
- applications used to create (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- creating (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- scoped REFs (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- scopes (JSP objects) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- score
- presenting (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- score data (Data Mining Concepts)
- SCORE operator (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- scoring (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- accumulate (Text Reference)
- by O-Cluster (Data Mining Concepts)
- effect of DML (Text Reference)
- for NEAR operator (Text Reference)
- output data (Data Mining Concepts)
- prerequisites (Data Mining Concepts)
- scoring algorithm
- word queries (Text Reference)
- scoring data (Data Mining Concepts)
- SCOTT/TIGER account (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SCPU item (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- scratch tablespace
- specifying for script operations that require temporary data storage (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- SCREEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- screen, clearing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- screens
- Change Password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connection identifier field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA Login (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA Work screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- define substitution variables field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- enter statements field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Expired Password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- History (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Interface options (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Login (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- new password field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- old password field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- password field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Preferences (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privilege list (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- retype new password field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- script location field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- System variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Work (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- script
- dealing with problems in (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- determing impact of prior to execution (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- editing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- enabling failure prediction during generation (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- executing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- privileges required (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- executing using the command line interface (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- executing using the job system (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- executing using the Oracle Enterprise Manager job system (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generating for a destination database (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generating for a destination database using the command line interface (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- keeping changes made by (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- obsolete (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- resolving problems that occur during execution (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- scheduling using the command line interface (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- stale (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- undoing changes made by (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing a summary of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing the results after executing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- script files
- running before Export (Utilities)
- running before Import (Utilities)
- script generator
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Script page. See tuning session window. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- scripting (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- scripting elements
- comments (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- declarations (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- expressions (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- scriptlets (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- scripting variables (tag libraries)
- defining (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- scopes (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- scriptlets
- overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- vs. JavaBeans (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- scripts
- [entry #2] (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- CATALOG.SQL (Reference)
- CATBLOCK.SQL (Reference)
- CATCLUST.SQL (Reference)
- CATEXP7.SQL (Reference)
- CATHS.SQL (Reference)
- CATIO.SQL (Reference)
- CATJAVA.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOADT.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOAUD.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOHS.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOPRT.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOQUE.SQL (Reference)
- CATNORMN.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOSVM.SQL (Reference)
- CATNSNMP.SQL (Reference)
- CATOCTK.SQL (Reference)
- CATPROC.SQL (Reference)
- CATQUEUE.SQL (Reference)
- CATREP.SQL (Reference)
- CATRMAN.SQL (Reference)
- downgrading (Migration)
- editing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- extension (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- location field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Microsoft Access (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- registering automatically (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- rerunning (Migration)
- See also command files (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPAUTO.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCPKG.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCREATE.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCTAB.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCUSR.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPPURGE.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPTRUNC.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- [subentry #2] (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- Statspack documentation scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Statspack installation scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Statspack performance data maintenance scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Statspack reporting and automation scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Statspack supplied scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- upgrading (Migration)
- upgrading Statspack scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using Data Guard command-line interface (Data Guard Broker)
- scripts (for jobs) (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- scripts, batched line-mode commands (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- scroll-sensitive result sets
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollability in result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable cursor
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scrollable cursors (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scrollable iterators
- declaring (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable named iterators (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable positional iterators (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensitivity (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- the scrollable interface (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable result sets
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- fetch direction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implementation of scroll-sensitivity (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- positioning (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- processing backward/forward (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- refetching rows (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- refetching rows, 13-26 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scroll-insensitive result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scroll-sensitive result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- seeing external changes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- visibility vs. detection of external changes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ScrollableResultSetIterator type (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrolling
- in the Analysis window (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- scrollPane (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SDFs. See secondary datafiles (Utilities)
- SDK (Software Developer Kit) Messages (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- SDK components (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sdns.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SDOAGGRTYPE object type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AGGR_LRS_CONCAT aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AGGR_MBR aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AGGR_UNION aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ANGLE_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ARC_DENSIFY function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AREA function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_AREA_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_BUFFER function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CD package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_CENTROID function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CODE (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CS package (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_DATUMS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_DIFFERENCE function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_DISTANCE function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ELEM_INFO (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ELEM_INFO_ARRAY type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ELLIPSOIDS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ETYPE (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_FILTER operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_GEOM package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_GEOMETRY object type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- embedding in user-defined type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in function-based indexes (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- methods (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_GROUPCODE (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_GTYPE (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- constraining data to a geometry type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- GET_DIMS method (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- GET_GTYPE method (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- GET_LRS_DIM method (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_INDEX_TABLE (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_INDX_DIMS keyword (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_INTERPRETATION (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_INTERSECTION function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_LENGTH function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_LEVEL (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_LRS package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_MAX_MBR_ORDINATE function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_MBR function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_MIGRATE package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_MIN_MBR_ORDINATE function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_NN operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- optimizer hint (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_NN_DISTANCE ancillary operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_NUMTILES (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ORDINATES (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ORDINATE_ARRAY type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_POINT (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_POINTONSURFACE function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_POINT_TYPE object type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_POLY_xxx functions (deprecated and removed) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_PROJECTIONS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_RELATE operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_ROWID (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_RTREE_SEQ_NAME (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_SRID (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_STARTING_OFFSET (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_STATUS (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_TUNE package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_UNION function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_UNIT column
- in SDO_AREA_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_UTIL Package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_VERSION function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_WITHIN_DISTANCE operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_XOR function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDU networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SDU. See session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- search
- and compare operations (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- criteria bar, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- depth, specifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- filter processing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- filters
- IETF-compliant (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- IETF-compliant (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapsearch (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapsearch (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- results
- parsing (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- results, specifying maximum number of entries returned (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- scope (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Search ACPs
- button (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- menu item (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- search condition
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in the WHERE clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in the WHERE clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- search data
- representing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Search menu (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- search, generic base letter (Globalization Support Guide)
- search-related operations, flow of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- searched CASE expression (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- searches
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for ACPs when using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- duration (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- setting maximum amount of time
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- setting maximum number of entries returned
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- specifying maximum number of entries returned (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- using filters (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- searching CLOBs (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- searching for data (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- searching multilingual documents (Globalization Support Guide)
- SEARCH_COLUMNS column
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- second tier of Oracle Enterprise Manager (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- secondary datafiles (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- secondary filter (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- secondary instance (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- secondary instance role (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- secondary level sort (Globalization Support Guide)
- secondary memory
- of object (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- secret key
- location in RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- section
- attribute (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- field (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- HTML example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- nested (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- overlapping (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- repeated zone (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- special (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- zone (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- section group
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating (Text Reference)
- creating with admin tool (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing information about (Text Reference)
- section group example (Text Reference)
- section group types (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- section searching
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- HTML (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- nested (Text Reference)
- sectioner
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sectioning
- automatic (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- path (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sections
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- constraints for dynamic addition (Text Reference)
- creating attribute (Text Reference)
- creating field (Text Reference)
- creating zone (Text Reference)
- nested (Text Reference)
- overlapping (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- repeated field (Text Reference)
- repeated zone (Text Reference)
- viewing information on (Text Reference)
- secure
- port 636 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- secure application (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- secure application roles (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- [entry #3] (Security Overview)
- [entry #4] (Security Overview)
- Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Security Overview)
- [entry #5] (Security Overview)
- [entry #6] (Security Overview)
- [entry #7] (Security Overview)
- secure mode
- running directory servers in (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- running server instances in (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- secure queues (Streams)
- disabling user access (Streams)
- enabling user access (Streams)
- propagation (Streams)
- Secure Sockets Layer (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Security Overview)
- architecture (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- authentication parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication process in an Oracle environment (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authorization (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate authority (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- checksums (Security Overview)
- cipher suites (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- client authentication parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- client configuration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- combining with other authentication methods (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- components in an Oracle environment (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- disabling connection (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- enabling Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- encryption (Security Overview)
- handshake (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- industry standard protocol (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- network security (Security Overview)
- Oracle Internet Directory (Security Overview)
- privileges (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- requiring client authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- roles (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- server configuration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- shared schemas (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- single sign-on (Security Overview)
- sqlnet.ora file sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- system requirements (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- version parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- wallet (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- wallet location, parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Secure Sockets Layer security (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Secure Sockets Layer, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SecurID (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- token cards (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SecurID authentication (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SecurID token cards (Security Overview)
- security
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #5] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- access control entries (ACEs) (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- accessing a database (Administrator's Guide)
- administration team (Security Overview)
- administrator of (Administrator's Guide)
- administrator privileges (Concepts)
- aggregate privileges (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- application (Security Overview)
- application context (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- application developers and (Administrator's Guide)
- application enforcement of (Concepts)
- application user proxy authentication (Security Overview)
- auditing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Security Overview)
- auditing policies (Administrator's Guide)
- authentication (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- authentication of users (Administrator's Guide)
- availability (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- between clients and servers (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- BFILEs using SQL DDL (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- BFILEs using SQL DML (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- book recommendations (Java Developer's Guide)
- changing password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- credentials, storage (Security Overview)
- data (Administrator's Guide)
- data, definition (Concepts)
- database (Security Overview)
- database integrity mechanisms (Security Overview)
- database security (Administrator's Guide)
- database server
- access control configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference Guide)
- database users and (Administrator's Guide)
- DBUri (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- deep data protection (Security Overview)
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- directory authentication (Security Overview)
- directory-based (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- discretionary access control (Concepts)
- discretionary access control, definition (Concepts)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- centralized user management (Administrator's Guide)
- domains (Concepts)
- domains, definition (Concepts)
- dynamic predicates (Concepts)
- embedded web reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- encryption (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enforcement in application (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- enforcement in database (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- enforcement mechanisms listed (Concepts)
- enforcing (SQL Reference)
- enterprise user (Security Overview)
- establishing policies (Administrator's Guide)
- features of Oracle8i (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- fine-grained access control (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- firewalls (Security Overview)
- for different clients (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for materialized view replication (Replication Management API Reference)
- trusted compared with untrusted (Replication Management API Reference)
- for multimaster replication (Replication Management API Reference)
- trusted compared with untrusted (Replication Management API Reference)
- general users (Administrator's Guide)
- good practices (Security Overview)
- hosted systems (Security Overview)
- HTTP (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in LDAP Version 3 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in the Oracle Directory Integration Platform (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- integrity (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- internal networks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Internet (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- [subentry #3] (Security Overview)
- [subentry #4] (Security Overview)
- [subentry #5] (Security Overview)
- Internet networks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Intranet (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- introduction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Java 2 (Java Developer's Guide)
- Java Beans (Security Overview)
- Java implementation (Security Overview)
- JDBC (Java Developer's Guide)
- JVM (Java Developer's Guide)
- label based access control (Security Overview)
- LDAP features (Security Overview)
- level of (Administrator's Guide)
- listeners
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference Guide)
- password usage (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- password usage (Net Services Reference Guide)
- restricting runtime administration (Net Services Reference Guide)
- management using DBMS_XDB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- management with Enterprise Manager (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- multibyte characters in role names (Administrator's Guide)
- multibyte characters in role passwords (Administrator's Guide)
- multitier systems (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- myths (Security Overview)
- network (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- operating-system security and the database (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Security Overview)
- Oracle Advanced Security support (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle HTTP Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Internet Directory (Security Overview)
- Oracle Label Security (Security Overview)
- Oracle Names servers
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference Guide)
- password usage (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Oracle Net (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Net Services (Security Overview)
- Oracle9i Enterprise Edition (Security Overview)
- Oracle9i Standard Edition (Security Overview)
- overview (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- password protection (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- password viewable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- passwords (Concepts)
- personnel dimension (Security Overview)
- physical dimension (Security Overview)
- PKI (Security Overview)
- policies
- administering (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- applied within database (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- centrally managed (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- implementing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- implementing (Concepts)
- multiple policies per table (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- on tables or views (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- technical issues (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- policies for database administrators (Administrator's Guide)
- policy for applications (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- privilege management policies (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- procedural dimension (Security Overview)
- procedures enhance (Concepts)
- PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- program interface enforcement of (Concepts)
- protecting the audit trail (Administrator's Guide)
- remote objects (Administrator's Guide)
- REMOTE_OS_ROLES parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- replication (Replication Management API Reference)
- requirements (Security Overview)
- RESTRICT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- roles to force security (Administrator's Guide)
- roles, advantages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- row level (Security Overview)
- scalability (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- scope of issues (Security Overview)
- secure application role (Security Overview)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- security directory integrity (Security Overview)
- security officer (Administrator's Guide)
- security policies (Concepts)
- shared schemas (Security Overview)
- single sign-on (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- SSL parameters for different clients (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- standards (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- strong authentication (Security Overview)
- system (Concepts)
- system, definition (Concepts)
- table- or view-based (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- technical dimension (Security Overview)
- test databases (Administrator's Guide)
- threats (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- data tampering (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- dictionary attacks (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- eavesdropping (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- falsifying identities (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- password-related (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- threats and countermeasures (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- [subentry #3] (Security Overview)
- trusted compared with untrusted (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- user and group access (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- using synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- views and (Concepts)
- views enhance (Concepts)
- virtual private database (VPD) (Security Overview)
- within Oracle Internet Directory environment (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Security and Jobs (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- security considerations
- direct path export (Utilities)
- security domains (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- enabled roles and (Concepts)
- tablespace quotas (Concepts)
- security groups
- accessing (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- security implications
- hints (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- reminders (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- security login (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- Security Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- SECURITY networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- security options (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- security policies
- introduction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- VPD (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- security, within Oracle Internet Directory environment (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- SecurityManager class (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- SecurityPermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- seek( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- segment
- LOB restriction, must be at least 3 blocks (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- Segment Analysis (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- segment and physical attributes
- PCTFREE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- segment attributes clause
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- SEGMENT MANAGEMENT FREELISTS clause
- of CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- SEGMENT MANAGEMENT PAGETABLE clause
- of CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- segment space management, automatic (Concepts)
- segment-level statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- segments
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- available space (Administrator's Guide)
- data (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views for (Administrator's Guide)
- data, definition (Concepts)
- deallocating extents from (Concepts)
- deallocating unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- displaying information on (Administrator's Guide)
- geometric (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- header (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- header block (Concepts)
- ID number (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- index (Concepts)
- monitoring rollback (Administrator's Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- rollback (Concepts)
- rollback. (Administrator's Guide)
- space management
- automatic (SQL Reference)
- manual (SQL Reference)
- using bitmaps (SQL Reference)
- table
- high water mark (Concepts)
- temporary
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- allocating (Concepts)
- cleaned up by SMON (Concepts)
- dropping (Concepts)
- FILE parameter in SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- ignore quotas (Concepts)
- operations that require (Concepts)
- storage parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- tablespace containing (Concepts)
- SEGMENT_FIX_STATUS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- SELDFCLP variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFCRCP variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFMT variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-CUR-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-MAX-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-VNAME variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-CUR-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-MAX-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-VNAME variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDV variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVLN variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVTYP variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select
- with XSU (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- SELECT ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- SELECT ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- SELECT command
- and BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COLUMN command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COMPUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and ORDER BY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting results (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing current date in variable for titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- select descriptor (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- information in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select descriptor area (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- select descriptors
- information in (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Select Instances to Start dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Select Instances to Stop dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SELECT INTO statement
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SELECT INTO statements
- error conditions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- select list
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- number of items in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the free() function for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the malloc() function for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select lists (SQL Reference)
- ordering (SQL Reference)
- SELECT object privilege (SQL Reference)
- on a materialized view (SQL Reference)
- on a sequence (SQL Reference)
- on a table (SQL Reference)
- on a view (SQL Reference)
- SELECT privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- granting and revoking for access to change data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SELECT privilege for object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- Select Repository User Tablespaces
- if OEM_REPOSITORY does not exist (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- if OEM_REPOSITORY exists (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SELECT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select SQLDA
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select SQLDA
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SELECT statement
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- accessing non-Oracle system (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- available clauses (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- clauses available for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- composite indexes (Concepts)
- embedded SQL examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- FOR UPDATE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- FOR UPDATE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- INTO clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- INTO clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- read consistency (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- SAMPLE clause (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SAMPLE clause and access path (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SAMPLE clause and cost-based optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- See also queries (Concepts)
- SELECT ... FOR UPDATE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- subqueries (Concepts)
- testing (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- to retrieve object references (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to select LOB locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using host arrays in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using host tables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHERE clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Select the directory server you want to use (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Select the directory server you want to use option in Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- select-list
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- select-list items
- naming (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select-project-join views (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selected audit log events (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- selecting
- images for matching (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- selecting a permanent LOB INTO a temporary LOB locator (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- Selecting a Statement for Tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- selecting control parameter values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- selecting elements
- based on element values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- based on hierarchical position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- based on rank (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Selecting Statements with TopSQL (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- selection criteria
- modifying for class data in an analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- selection rules (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- selectivity (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- histograms (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- improving for an index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- indexes (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL statement predicate (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- user-defined (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selectNodeAt(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- selectNodes(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.selectNodes(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- selectNodes(String, NSResolver) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.selectNodes(java.lang.String, oracle.xml.parser.v2.NSResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- selectNodes(XSLNodeSetInt) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.selectNodes(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLNodeSetInt) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- selector (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- selectSingleNode(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.selectSingleNode(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- selectSingleNode(String, NSResolver) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.selectSingleNode(java.lang.String, oracle.xml.parser.v2.NSResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- selectValue method
- example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE role (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [entry #4] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE roll (Administrator's Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- self joins (SQL Reference)
- SELF parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- self-crossing line strings and polygons (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- self-relation
- Source object for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- selfish style of method invocation (Concepts)
- semantic checking
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- controlling with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- enabling (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the SQLCHECK option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- semantics
- assignment (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- blank-padding (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR versus VARCHAR2 (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- copy-based for internal LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- non-blank-padding (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- pseudo-reference (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- reference based for BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- string comparison (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- value (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- semantics-checking
- caching online results (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default checker, Oracle checkers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling online in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling online, setting user schema (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking SQLCheckerCustomizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of profiles, via customizer harness (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- registering drivers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting default URL prefix (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting password (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting URL (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying offline checker (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying online checker (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCheckerCustomizer options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps involved (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- semi-joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- transformations not allowed (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- semi-major axis (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- semicolon
- does not terminate cursor declaration (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- semicolon (;)
- in PL/SQL blocks (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQL*Plus commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- not stored in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- send (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SEND command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- Send Us Your Comments
- boilerplate (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sendAudio( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sendBatch() method, 12-7 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sendDoc( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sender identification (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- sendImage( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sending results to a file (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SendQEntries property (Data Guard Broker)
- sendResponse(String, int, InputStream, Timestamp) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendResponse(String,int,BFILE,Timestamp) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendResponse(String,int,BLOB,Timestamp) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendResponseBody(int,BFILE) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendResponseBody(int,BLOB) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendResponseBody(int,InputStream) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- sendVideo( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- send_error config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- SENSITIVE (cursor state) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensitivity (cursor states, WITH clause) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensitivity in result sets to database changes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SENTENCE keyword (Text Reference)
- sentence section
- defining (Text Reference)
- querying (Text Reference)
- Separate compilation
- restrictions on (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- separate precompilation
- guidelines (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- guidelines for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- referencing cursors for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- specifying MAXOPENCURSORS for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using a single SQLCA with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- separate precompilation
- definition of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- need for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- separators (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SEQ synonym for USER_SEQUENCES view (Reference)
- sequence (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- sequence number generator (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- distributed resources (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- in Real Application Cluster databases (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- restriction (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- skipping sequence numbers (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sequence numbers
- and global conflicts (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- cached (Utilities)
- caching, suppressing with ordering (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- exporting (Utilities)
- for multiple tables and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- generated by SQL*Loader SEQUENCE clause (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- generated, not read and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- generation and tablespace use (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- generation with database tables (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- setting column to a unique number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- using (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- sequence object for R-tree index (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- sequence of ODM tasks (Data Mining Concepts)
- SEQUENCE parameter
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- sequences
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- accessing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- accessing values of (SQL Reference)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing (Concepts)
- CACHE option (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- caching numbers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- caching sequence numbers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- changing
- the increment value (SQL Reference)
- CHECK constraints prohibit (Concepts)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- creating without limit (SQL Reference)
- CURRVAL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- data dictionary cache (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- granting
- system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- guarantee consecutive values (SQL Reference)
- how to use (SQL Reference)
- increment value (SQL Reference)
- incrementing (SQL Reference)
- independence from tables (Concepts)
- initial value (SQL Reference)
- initialization parameters (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- length of numbers (Concepts)
- log sequence number (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- maximum value
- eliminating (SQL Reference)
- setting (SQL Reference)
- setting or changing (SQL Reference)
- minimum value
- eliminating (SQL Reference)
- setting (SQL Reference)
- setting or changing (SQL Reference)
- NEXTVAL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- not cached (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- number generation (Concepts)
- number of cached values (SQL Reference)
- Oracle Real Applications Clusters and (Administrator's Guide)
- ORDER option (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- ordering values (SQL Reference)
- parallel server (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- preallocating values (SQL Reference)
- privileges for altering (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges for creating (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges for dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges needed (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- recycling values (SQL Reference)
- reducing serialization (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- renaming (SQL Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restarting (SQL Reference)
- at a different number (SQL Reference)
- at a predefined limit (SQL Reference)
- values (SQL Reference)
- reusing (SQL Reference)
- stopping at a predefined limit (SQL Reference)
- synonyms for (SQL Reference)
- timestamp (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- unsupported on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- where to use (SQL Reference)
- SEQUENCE_CACHE_ENTRIES parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- sequence_deviation (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- sequential control (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- sequential read wait events
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- ser profiles (.ser)
- converting to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generated profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ser2class option (sqlj -ser2class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SERIALIZABLE in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SERIALIZABLE initialization parameter
- compatibility (Migration)
- SERIALIZABLE option
- for ISOLATION LEVEL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- serializable option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SERIALIZABLE parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SERIALIZABLE transactions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- serializable transactions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SerializablePermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- serialization
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- ArrayDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition of (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition of, 9-6 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of transactions (Replication Management API Reference)
- StructDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- serialized objects
- as host variables (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in iterator columns (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SerializableDatum class (sample) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- through custom Java class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to RAW and BLOB columns (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- serially reusable packages (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- serially reusable PL/SQL packages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SERIALLY_REUSABLE pragma (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SERIAL_REUSE initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- server
- adding to iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- defining iSQL*Plus connect string (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- defining iSQL*Plus mode, load or execute (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- defining iSQL*Plus name (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- defining iSQL*Plus url (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- integration with PL/SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- iSQL*Plus parameters (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- modifying an iSQL*Plus server definition (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- shutting down (Text Reference)
- viewing active (Text Reference)
- server
- impact of installing new version of (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- server (cont)
- removing an iSQL*Plus server definition (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- removing from iSQL*Plus extension (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- server configuration
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- allocating resources with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- creating a repository for Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- discovering Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- loopback tests (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- raw device for (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- region database for Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- starting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- starting the database (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server connections
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Server Control
- using (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Server Control (SRVCTL)
- manageability in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Server Control (SRVCTL) Utility
- and the Global Services Daemon (GSD) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Server Control (SRVCTL) Utility Error Messages (PRKO) (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Server Data on Insert property (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- server documentation (New Features)
- server handle
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting in service context (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- server initialization parameter file
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- server instances
- running (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- running in secure mode (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Server Management
- administration of instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- configuring (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- GSD process (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- node requirements (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- requirements (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SIDs (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Server Manager
- differences with SQL*Plus
- ampersands (Migration)
- blank lines (Migration)
- commands (Migration)
- comments (Migration)
- COMMIT command (Migration)
- CREATE LIBRARY command (Migration)
- CREATE TYPE command (Migration)
- hyphen continuation character (Migration)
- startup (Migration)
- syntax (Migration)
- migrating scripts to SQL*Plus (Migration)
- server messages (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- server mode (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- server operation time limit (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Server Pages, PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SERVER parameter
- net service name (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter file
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- backing up (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- error recovery (Administrator's Guide)
- exporting (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- instance specific settings (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- location in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- migrating to (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Migration)
- modifying
- for logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview (Reference)
- RMAN backup (Administrator's Guide)
- setting initialization parameter values (Administrator's Guide)
- setting up
- for log transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- primary for logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting values in (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SPFILE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- STARTUP command behavior (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- viewing parameter settings (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter files
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- autobackups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- configuring autobackups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- errors (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- raw devices (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- restoring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- server processes
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- and parallel execution (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- archiver (ARCn) (Administrator's Guide)
- background (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- checkpoint (CKPT) (Administrator's Guide)
- database writer (DBWn) (Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated (Administrator's Guide)
- dispatcher (Dnnn) (Administrator's Guide)
- dispatchers (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- global cache service (LMS) (Administrator's Guide)
- job queue coordinator process (CJQ0) (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- log writer (LGWR) (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring locks (Administrator's Guide)
- number (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Reference)
- number of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- process monitor (PMON) (Administrator's Guide)
- recoverer (RECO) (Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- system monitor (SMON) (Administrator's Guide)
- trace files for (Administrator's Guide)
- server round-trips
- cache functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatype mapping and manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- describe operation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- object functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- relational functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- server sessions
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- server testing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server, Oracle Management Server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- server-side failover (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Server-Side Include (SSI) (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- server-side internal driver
- connection to database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side internal driver (JDBC) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side JDBC driver (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- using (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- server-side scripts (Concepts)
- server-side software (Data Guard Broker)
- server-side SQLJ
- class loading (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- coding considerations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compilation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection to database (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default output device (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropjava (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropping Java schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error output (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- fixed settings (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generated output from translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Java multithreading (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- JDBC differences (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loading classes/resources into server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loading source into server, translating (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming generated class schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded class schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded resource schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming source schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- recursive calls (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- running client program in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL names vs. Java names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translating in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translating on client (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- verifying code is running in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side SQLJ translator (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- using (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- server-side Thin driver (JDBC) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side Thin driver, described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SERVERERROR event
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT option (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- SERVEROUTPUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- servers
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client/server architecture (Concepts)
- configuring
- by using input files (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated (Concepts)
- shared servers contrasted with (Concepts)
- in client/server architecture, definition (Concepts)
- role in two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- shared
- architecture (Concepts)
- architecture (Concepts)
- dedicated servers contrasted with (Concepts)
- processes of (Concepts)
- processes of (Concepts)
- servers. See directory servers, directory replication servers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ServerSocket class (Java Developer's Guide)
- service (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- deleting (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- service
- browsing registered services (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE (SER or SERV) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service administration
- connecting multiple Dynamic Services engine instances (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- modifying service response caching (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- scripting the DSAdmin utility (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service administrator (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE attribute
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Service Availability Reports (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- service consumer application (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- development interfaces
- Java API (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- opening a connection to Dynamic Services engine (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- registering in application profile registry (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- system requirements (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- using a direct connect driver (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service context handle
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- elements of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- service descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service body described (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service header described (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- Service Discovery
- Navigator menu option (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- service discovery
- db_name.conf file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- errors (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- listener.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- nmiconf.log file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- on UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- on Windows NT (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- PM\db_name registry key (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- services.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- sid_LIST_listener_name parameter (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- tnsnames.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- understanding (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Service Discovery Process (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- service handlers
- dedicated servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service handles (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- service hours (Performance Planning)
- service interfaces (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- service name
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- character set keyword values (Net Services Reference Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- in CONNECT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of remote database (SQL Reference)
- setting (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- service names
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- database links and (Administrator's Guide)
- multiple Oracle homes (Getting Started for Windows)
- specifying in database links (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- service naming
- Net8 (Migration)
- Service Pack 5.0 or greater
- correcting Windows NT Explorer crashes (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- service package (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- adaptors
- execution (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- execution (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- execution (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- input (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- input (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- input (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- output (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- output (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- output (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- protocol (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- protocol (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- protocol (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- classification descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- contact descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- jar file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- manifest file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- organization descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- request definition xsd file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- response definition xsd file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service provider (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service reference table
- understanding (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- service registration
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- benefits (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- events in listener.log (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_died listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_register listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_update listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service routine (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- examples (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- serviceName parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- services (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- auto-starting (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- common services of Oracle Enterprise Manager (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- defined (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- extensibility (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Object Service (Getting Started for Windows)
- Oracle OLAP Agent (Getting Started for Windows)
- Oracle OLAP Services 9.0.1.1.0 (Getting Started for Windows)
- shutting down a database (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- starting (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- stopping (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- SERVICES command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- services.ora (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- services.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- service_died listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SERVICE_NAME parameter (Migration)
- SERVICE_NAMES configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- SERVICE_NAMES initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Migration)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SERVICE_NAMES parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- service_register listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_update listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- servlet
- AQ XML (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- servlet 2.0 environments
- added support through globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- globals.jsa sample applications (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Oracle JSP application root functionality (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- overview of Oracle JSP functionality (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Servlet Conditional Statements (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- servlet library (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- servlet, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- servlet, XSQL (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- servlet-JSP interaction
- invoking JSP from servlet, request dispatcher (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- invoking servlet from JSP (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- passing data, JSP to servlet (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- passing data, servlet to JSP (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- sample code (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- servlet.jar
- required file (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- versions (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- servlets (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- accessing Repository data (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- and session pooling (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- APIs (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- AQ XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- configuring (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- configuring Oracle XML DB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBUri (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- example (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- explained (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- installing (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- session pooling (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- session pooling and Oracle XML DB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- session sharing, JSP, JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- testing the (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- wrapping servlet with JSP page (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- writing Oracle XML DB HTTP (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XML manipulation (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- session (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- concurrent (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- coordination with JVM (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- footprint (Java Developer's Guide)
- identification (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- migration (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- namespace (Java Developer's Guide)
- role in Java execution (Java Developer's Guide)
- stateful behavior (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- session architecture
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- session cache
- performance statistics (OLAP User's Guide)
- session context (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- GetSessionInfo function (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- session control statements (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- PL/SQL support of (SQL Reference)
- session counters (OLAP User's Guide)
- Session Data report (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- generating (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Session Data Report dialog box (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Session Data Unit (SDU) (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- adjusting to improve network performance (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Session Data Unit (SDU) Size field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Session Details display
- Statistics page (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- session events
- with globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- with HttpSessionBindingListener (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- with JspScopeListener (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- session id (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- session labels
- changing (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- computed (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- distributed database (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- OCI interface (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- restoring (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- saving defaults (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_UTL.SET_LABEL (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting compartments (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting levels (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- understanding (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- viewing (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- session layer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session locks
- releasing (SQL Reference)
- session logs
- printing (OLAP User's Guide)
- retrieving (OLAP User's Guide)
- session management (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session memory statistic (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- advantages relative to connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session object (implicit) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- session parameters
- changing settings (SQL Reference)
- INSTANCE (SQL Reference)
- PLSQL_DEBUG (SQL Reference)
- selecting in hierarchical order (SQL Reference)
- specifying constraints on (SQL Reference)
- storing if in violation of constraints (SQL Reference)
- session pool handle
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session pooling (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- protocol server (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- tagging (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session pooling example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session pooling, functionality (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session primitives (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- session privilege (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- session scope (JSP objects) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Session section of the response file (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- APPL_TOP (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- APPL_TOP_NAME (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- DEINSTALL_LIST (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- FROM_LOCATION (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- LOCATION_FOR_DISK2 (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- NEXT_SESSION_ON_FAIL (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- NEXT_SESSION_RESPONSE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- ORACLE_HOME (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- ORACLE_HOME_NAME (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_COMPONENT_LOCATIONS_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_CUSTOM_TREE_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_DEINSTALL_CONFIRMATION (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_DEINSTALL_PROGRESS (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_END_SESSION_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_OPTIONAL_CONFIG_TOOL_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_RELEASE_NOTES (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_REQUIRED_CONFIG_TOOL_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_SUMMARY_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- TOPLEVEL_COMPONENT (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- UNIX_GROUP_NAME (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- session sharing (OLAP User's Guide)
- overview, JSP-servlet, JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- session_sharing config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- session statistics (OLAP User's Guide)
- session support
- default session requests (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- through globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- session trees
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- clients (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- database servers (Administrator's Guide)
- global coordinators (Administrator's Guide)
- local coordinators (Administrator's Guide)
- tracing (Administrator's Guide)
- session, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- session-specific user identity (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- session-specific variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- session. See tuning session. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- sessions
- affecting with roles (SQL Reference)
- auditing by (Concepts)
- auditing connections and disconnections (Administrator's Guide)
- beginning (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- closing (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- connections contrasted with (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- enabling parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- enabling termination by using DBMS_LDAP (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- initializing
- by using DBMS_LDAP (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- by using the C API (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- interfaces supported (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- lightweight (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- limits for each user (Concepts)
- listing privilege domain of (Administrator's Guide)
- memory allocation in the large pool (Concepts)
- multiple (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- multiplexing (Security Overview)
- objects (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- package state and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- preserving environment (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- restoring environment (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting advice for transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- sharing analytic workspaces across (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- terminating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- time limits on (Concepts)
- viewing memory use (Administrator's Guide)
- when auditing options take effect (Concepts)
- sessions
- viewing details about (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- SESSIONS (SES or SESS) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Sessions chart (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- Sessions Folder (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- SESSIONS in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SESSIONS initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- changing the value (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- Sessions List (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- SESSIONS parameter (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- sessions parameter (OLAP User's Guide)
- sessions, user
- active (Administrator's Guide)
- inactive (Administrator's Guide)
- marked to be terminated (Administrator's Guide)
- terminating (Administrator's Guide)
- viewing terminated sessions (Administrator's Guide)
- SESSIONS_PER_USER parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- SESSIONS_PER_USER parameters (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SESSIONTIMEZONE function (SQL Reference)
- SESSION_CACHED_CURSORS initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SESSION_CONTEXT view (Reference)
- SESSION_MAX_OPEN_FILES initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- from tables and views (SQL Reference)
- SESSION_MAX_OPEN_FILES parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- session_OnEnd tag, globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- session_OnStart tag, globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- SESSION_PRIVS view (Reference)
- SESSION_ROLES view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- queried from PL/SQL block (Concepts)
- session_sharing config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- SESSION_USER attribute, USERENV (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- sess_sh
- commands in a script file (Java Developer's Guide)
- redirecting output (Java Developer's Guide)
- SET
- See alsoWindows GUI
- setting system variables (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SET (assignment) statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SET AUTHENTICATION_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET AUTOTRACE (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET CACHE_CHECKPOINT_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET clause
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in UPDATE statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- of UPDATE (SQL Reference)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of subqueries in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using a subquery (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SET command
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- affecting substitution variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- APPINFO variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ARRAYSIZE variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOPRINT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTORECOVERY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOTRACE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BACKUP COPIES parameter (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- BLOCKTERMINATOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSECURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CMDSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONCAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYTYPECHECK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DESCRIBE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DOCUMENT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ECHO variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- EDITFILE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- EMBEDDED variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ESCAPE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FEEDBACK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FLAGGER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FLUSH variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADING variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- INSTANCE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LINESIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LOBOFFSET variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LOGSOURCE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LONG variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LONGCHUNKSIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MARKUP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MAXCORRUPT option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- MAXDATA variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEWPAGE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMFORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMFORMAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMWIDTH variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- PAGESIZE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAGESIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAUSE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAUSE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECSEPCHAR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCAN variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHIFTINOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPACE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLBLANKLINES variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCASE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCONTINUE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLNUMBER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPLUSCOMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPREFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPROMPT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLTERMINATOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SUFFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TAB variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TERMOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIME clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIME variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMING variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRIMOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRIMSPOOL variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRUNCATE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- UNDERLINE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to format a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- VERIFY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- VERIFY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WRAP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET COMPATIBILITY command
- SQL*Plus scripts (Migration)
- Set Connection Details menu item (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #4] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #5] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- SET CONNECTION statement (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SET CONNECT_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET CONSTRAINT(S) statement (SQL Reference)
- SET CONSTRAINTS statement
- DEFERRABLE or IMMEDIATE (Concepts)
- SET CURRENT_LISTENER command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET DANGLING TO NULL clause
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- SET DATABASE clause
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE (SQL Reference)
- SET DEBUG FILE
- statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SET DEFAULT_DOMAIN command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SET DISPLAYMODE command
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET FORWARDING_AVAILABLE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET INSTANCE command (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- example of (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- instance startup (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SET LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_STATE_n clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET LOG_ARCHIVE_TRACE clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET LOG_DIRECTORY command
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET LOG_FILE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET LOG_FILE_NAME command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET LOG_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET LOG_PARALLELISM clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET LOG_STATS_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET LOG_STATUS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET MARKUP
- BODY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- embedded CGI example (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEAD clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HTML (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- interactive HTML example (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PREFORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- See also SPOOL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TABLE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET NAMESCTL_TRACE_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET NEWPAGE command (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- set operators (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- INTERSECT (SQL Reference)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- MINUS (SQL Reference)
- UNION (SQL Reference)
- UNION ALL (SQL Reference)
- Set Options area (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- Set Options button (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- SET ORACLE_SID=SID (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- SET PASSWORD command
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET RELAY_STATISTICS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET REQUESTS_ENABLED command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET RESET_STATS_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET ROLE command
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET ROLE statement
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- ALL EXCEPT option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- ALL option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- associating privileges with role (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- at startup (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- disabling (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- enabling roles (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- equivalent to SET_ROLE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- how password is set (Administrator's Guide)
- operating system roles (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- protecting role use (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- role passwords (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- used to enable/disable roles (Administrator's Guide)
- when using operating-system roles (Administrator's Guide)
- SET SAVE_CONFIG_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET SERVER command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET STANDBY DATABASE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET STARTUP_WAITTIME command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET statement
- AUTORECOVERY option (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- LOGSOURCE variable (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- SET STATEMENT_ID clause
- of EXPLAIN PLAN (SQL Reference)
- SET TIME_ ZONE clause
- CREATE DATABASE (Administrator's Guide)
- SET TIME_ZONE clause
- ALTER SESSION (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- time zone files (Administrator's Guide)
- SET TIMING command (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SET TRACE_FILE_NAME command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET TRACE_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET TRANSACTION command
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET TRANSACTION statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Reference)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ISOLATION LEVEL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- ISOLATION LEVEL clause (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- naming transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- READ ONLY clause (Concepts)
- READ ONLY parameter (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- READ ONLY parameter in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SERIALIZABLE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- setting number of processes to use (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- USE ROLLBACK SEGMENT option (Administrator's Guide)
- SET TRANSACTION syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SET TRC_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET TRC_FILE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET TRC_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET UNUSED clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- SET USE_PLUGANDPLAY command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SET variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- See (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setACL(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setACL(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAddress (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAdtPayload (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAQDataSource(AQxmlDataSource) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAQSchemaLocation(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAsciiStream() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setAttribute( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setAttribute(String, Object) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilderFactory.setAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttribute(String, Object) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXSAXTransformerFactory.setAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttribute(String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.setAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttribute(String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttribute(String, String) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.setAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttribute(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement.setAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeNameFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeNameForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeNode(Attr) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement.setAttributeNode(org.w3c.dom.Attr) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeNodeNS(Attr) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement.setAttributeNodeNS(org.w3c.dom.Attr) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeNS(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement.setAttributeNS(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeValueFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAttributeValueForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAudioDuration( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setAudioDuration( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setAuthor(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setAuthor(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAuthor(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setAuthor(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setAutoBuffering() method
- of the oracle.sql.ARRAY class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of the oracle.sql.STRUCT class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setAutoCommit() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setAutoIndexing() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- direction parameter values
- ARRAY.ACCESS_FORWARD (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ARRAY.ACCESS_REVERSE (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ARRAY.ACCESS_UNKNOWN (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBackground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBaseURL(URL) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBaseURL(URL) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setBaseURL(java.net.URL) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBaseURL(URL) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.setBaseURL(java.net.URL) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBatchSize(int) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setBatchSize(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBFILE() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBinaryStream() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBindValue (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setBitRate( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setBitRate( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setBLOB() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBlob() method, JDK 1.1.x (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBlob() method, JDK 1.2.x (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBoolean (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBooleanProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBufferSize( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setByte (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setByteProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBytes (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setBytes() limitations, using streams to avoid (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setCacheScheme() method (connection cache) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setCacheSize(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCDATAFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCDATAForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setChar (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCharacterStream() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setClientID (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setClientIdentifier() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setCLOB() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setClob() method, 1.1.x (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setClob() method, JDK 1.2.x (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setCollIdAttrName(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setCollIdAttrName(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setComment (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setComment(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setComment(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCommentDataFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCommentDataForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setComments( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setCommitBatch(int) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setCommitBatch(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCompatible (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCompressionFormat( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setCompressionType( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setCompressionType( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SetConflictWorkspace procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setConnection() method
- ArrayDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- StructDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setConnectionContext() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- setConnectionPoolDataSource method (connection cache) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setConsumerName (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setContent(Object) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setContent(java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setContentFormat( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setContentHandler(ContentHandler) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXParser.setContentHandler(org.xml.sax.ContentHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setContentLength( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setContentType() method, globalization support (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- setContentType(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setContentType(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setContentType(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setContentType(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setContext (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setContextFrom() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- setCorrelation (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCreateDate(Date) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setCreateDate(java.util.Date) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCreateDate(Date) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setCreateDate(java.util.Date) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setCursorName() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setData
- setting to EMPTY_BLOB() using JPublisher (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- setDataHeader(Reader, String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setDataHeader(java.io.Reader, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDataSource() method (connection event listener) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDate() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDateFormat(String) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setDateFormat(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDateFormat(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setDateFormat(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDavComment(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setDavComment(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDebug(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDebugInfo(int, int, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.setDebugInfo(int, int, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDebugMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDebugMode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.setDebugMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDebugMode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.setDebugMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDefaultExecuteBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDefaultExecuteBatch() method, 6-19 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDefaultRowPrefetch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDefaultRowPrefetch() method, 6-19 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDelay (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDeliveryMode (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDequeueMode (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDescription( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setDescription( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SetDiffVersions procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setDisableMessageID (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDisableMessageTimestamp (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDisableStatementCaching() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDisplayName(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setDisplayName(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDisplayName(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setDisplayName(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDoctype(DTD) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDoctype(DTD) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.setDoctype(oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDoctype(DTD) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.setDoctype(oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDoctype(DTD) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setDoctype(oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDoctype(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setDoctype(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDocument(CGDocument) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.setDocument(oracle.xml.classgen.CGDocument) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDocumentLocator(Locator) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDValidator.setDocumentLocator(org.xml.sax.Locator) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDocumentLocator(Locator) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.setDocumentLocator(org.xml.sax.Locator) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDouble (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDoubleProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setDTDHandler(DTDHandler) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXParser.setDTDHandler(org.xml.sax.DTDHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEditable(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setElementNode(XMLElement) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.setElementNode(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEmailServerAddr(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEncoding( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setEncoding( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setEncoding(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.PrintDriver.setEncoding(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEncoding(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDeclPI.setEncoding(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEncoding(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setEncoding(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEncoding(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLPrintDriver.setEncoding(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEncoding(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setEncoding(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEncoding(String, boolean, boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLOutputStream.setEncoding(java.lang.String, boolean, boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEntityResolver(EntityResolver) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilder.setEntityResolver(org.xml.sax.EntityResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEntityResolver(EntityResolver) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setEntityResolver(org.xml.sax.EntityResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEntityResolver(EntityResolver) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.setEntityResolver(org.xml.sax.EntityResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setError(XMLError) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDValidator.setError(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLError) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setError(XMLError) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.setError(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLError) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setError(XMLError) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLTContext.setError(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLError) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorHandler(ErrorHandler) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilder.setErrorHandler(org.xml.sax.ErrorHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorHandler(ErrorHandler) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLError.setErrorHandler(org.xml.sax.ErrorHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorHandler(ErrorHandler) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setErrorHandler(org.xml.sax.ErrorHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorHandler(ErrorHandler) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLTokenizer.setErrorHandler(org.xml.sax.ErrorHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorListener(ErrorListener) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXSAXTransformerFactory.setErrorListener(javax.xml.transform.ErrorListener) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorListener(ErrorListener) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXTransformer.setErrorListener(javax.xml.transform.ErrorListener) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorListener(ErrorListener) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLError.setErrorListener(javax.xml.transform.ErrorListener) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.setErrorStream(java.io.OutputStream) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLTokenizer.setErrorStream(java.io.OutputStream) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.setErrorStream(java.io.OutputStream) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.setErrorStream(java.io.OutputStream) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.setErrorStream(java.io.OutputStream, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(OutputStream, String) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.setErrorStream(java.io.OutputStream, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(PrintWriter) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(PrintWriter) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.setErrorStream(java.io.PrintWriter) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorStream(PrintWriter) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.setErrorStream(java.io.PrintWriter) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorTag(String) - oracle.xml.sql.OracleXMLSQLException.setErrorTag(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setErrorTag(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setErrorTag(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setEscapeProcessing() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setException(Exception) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setException(java.lang.Exception) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setException(Exception) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.setException(java.lang.Exception) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setException(Exception) - oracle.xml.util.XMLException.setException(java.lang.Exception) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setExceptionListener (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setExceptionQueue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setExecuteBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setExecuteBatch() method, 6-21 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setExpiration (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFacet(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDSimpleType.setFacet(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFeature(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDOMImplementation.setFeature(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFeature(String, boolean) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXSAXParserFactory.setFeature(java.lang.String, boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFeature(String, boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXParser.setFeature(java.lang.String, boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFetchSize() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setFixedCHAR() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setFloat (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFloatProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setFormat( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setFormat( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFormOfUse() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameRate( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameRate( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameResolution( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameResolution( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameSize( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrom() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- setGenerateComments(boolean) - oracle.xml.classgen.DTDClassGenerator.setGenerateComments(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setGenerateComments(boolean) - oracle.xml.classgen.SchemaClassGenerator.setGenerateComments(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setHandler(XMLDocumentHandler) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.setHandler(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocumentHandler) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setHeight( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setHostname(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setIgnoreCase(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setIgnoreCase(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setInheritedACL(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setInheritedACL(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setInstancename(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setInt (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setIntProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setIterCounter( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setJavaPackage(XMLSchema, Vector) - oracle.xml.classgen.SchemaClassGenerator.setJavaPackage(oracle.xml.parser.schema.XMLSchema, java.util.Vector) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSCorrelationID (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSDestination (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSExpiration (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSMessageID (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSPriority (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSRedelivered (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSReplyTo (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSTimestamp (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setJMSType (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setKeyColumn (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setKeyColumn() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setKeyColumnList(String[]) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setKeyColumnList(java.lang.String[]) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setKnownAttributes( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setKnownAttributes( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setLanguage(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setLanguage(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLanguage(String) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setLanguage(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLastModDate(Date) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setLastModDate(java.util.Date) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLastModDate(Date) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setLastModDate(java.util.Date) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLdapContext(DirContext) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLittleEndian( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setLocal method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setLocal( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setLocal( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setLocale(Locale) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setLocale(java.util.Locale) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLocale(Locale) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setLocale(java.util.Locale) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLocale(Locale) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.setLocale(java.util.Locale) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLocale(Locale) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.setLocale(java.util.Locale) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLocator(Locator) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.setLocator(org.xml.sax.Locator) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SetLockingON procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setLogStream (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLogStream(OutputStream) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLong (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setLongProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setManualInvalidation(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMaxFieldSize() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setMaxFieldSize() method, 12-24 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setMaxMemory( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setMaxOccurs(int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDElement.setMaxOccurs(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMaxOccurs(int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDGroup.setMaxOccurs(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMaxOccurs(int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDSimpleType.setMaxOccurs(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMaxRetries (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMaxRows (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setMaxRows(int) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setMaxRows(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMessage( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setMessageGrouping (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMessageId (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMessageListener (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMessageProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMetaHeader(Reader) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setMetaHeader(java.io.Reader) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMimeMap( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setMimeType( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setMimeType( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setMinOccurs(int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDElement.setMinOccurs(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMinOccurs(int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDGroup.setMinOccurs(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMinOccurs(int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDSimpleType.setMinOccurs(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setMultiConsumer (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SetMultiWorkspaces procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setName (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNavigationMode (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #5] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNextException(Exception) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeContext(NodeContext) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setNodeContext(oracle.xml.util.NodeContext) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeFactory(NodeFactory) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeFactory(NodeFactory) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.setNodeFactory(oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeFactory(NodeFactory) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.setNodeFactory(oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeFlag(int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.setNodeFlag(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeValue(String) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGXSDElement.setNodeValue(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeValue(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLAttr.setNodeValue(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeValue(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLEntity.setNodeValue(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNodeValue(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.setNodeValue(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setNull() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setNull() method, 6-21 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfChannels method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processSourceCommand( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processVideoCommand( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) (all attributes) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BFILEs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getProperties( ) for BLOBs (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSampleSize( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSamplingRate( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSource( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceAddress( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceInformation (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceLocation( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceLocation( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceName( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceName( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceType( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getSourceType( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getUpdateTime( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getUpdateTime( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getVideoDuration (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- getWidth( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- import( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- import( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- import( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- import( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- import( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- importFrom( ) (all attributes) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init( ) for ORDImage (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init( ) for ORDImageSignature (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init(srcType,srcLocation,srcName) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init(srcType,srcLocation,srcName) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init(srcType,srcLocation,srcName) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- init(srcType,srcLocation,srcName) for ORDImage (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- isLocal (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- isLocal( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- isSimilar( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- open( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- openSource( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDAudio (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDDoc (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDimage (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDImageSignature (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDSource (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDVideo (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- process( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- process( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processAudioCommand( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processCommand( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- processCopy( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- read( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- readFromSource( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- relational interface (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setAudioDuration( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setBitRate( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setCompressionType( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setDescription( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setEncoding( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFormat( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameRate( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameResolution( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setFrameSize( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setKnownAttributes( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setLocal (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setLocal( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setMimeType( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfChannels (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfColors( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfFrames( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) (XML) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) for foreign images (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSampleSize( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSamplingRate( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSource( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSourceInformation( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setUpdateTime( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setVideoDuration( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- trim( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- trimSource( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- write( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- writeToSource( ) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfChannels( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfColors( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfColors( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfFrames( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfFrames( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setObejct() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setObject (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setObject() method
- for BFILES (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for BLOBs and CLOBs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for CustomDatum objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for object references (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for STRUCT objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to write object data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using in prepared statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setObjectPayload (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setObjectProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOracleObject() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setOracleObject() method, 6-21 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for BFILES (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for BLOBs and CLOBs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using in prepared statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setORAData() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setORAData() method, 6-21 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setOutputDirectory(String) - oracle.xml.classgen.DTDClassGenerator.setOutputDirectory(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOutputDirectory(String) - oracle.xml.classgen.SchemaClassGenerator.setOutputDirectory(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SetOutputMode( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setOutputProperties(Properties) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXTransformer.setOutputProperties(java.util.Properties) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOutputProperty(String, String) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXTransformer.setOutputProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOutputStyle(int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLOutputStream.setOutputStyle(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOverrideAQResponseFlag(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOwnerId(long) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResource.setOwnerId(long) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setOwnerId(long) - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBResourceContext.setOwnerId(long) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPageContext( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setParam(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLStylesheet.setParam(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setParam(String, String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.setParam(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setParameter(String, Object) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXTransformer.setParameter(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setParsedDoctype(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setParsedDoctype(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPassword(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPayloadData (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPayloadType (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPCDATAFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPCDATAForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPIDataFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPIDataForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPINameFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPINameForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPingPeriod (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPlsqlIndexTable() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setPlsqlIndexTable() method, 17-21 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- arguments
- int curLen (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int elemMaxLen (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int elemSqlType (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int maxLen (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int paramIndex (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int paramIndex, 17-22 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Object arrayData (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setPoolConfig() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setPort(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPreferences( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setPrefix(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.setPrefix(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPrefix(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNSNode.setPrefix(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPreserveWhitespace(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPreserveWhitespace(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setPreserveWhitespace(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPreserveWhitespace(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setPreserveWhitespace(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPrimaryInstance (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPriority (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setProperties method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) method (XML) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties( ) method for foreign images (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties(byte[ ][ ]) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties(byte[ ][ ], boolean) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setProperties(String) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- SetProperty
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- configuring for Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- setProperty tag (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- setProperty( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setProperty(String, Object) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXSAXParser.setProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setProperty(String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXParser.setProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setProperty(String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.setProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setProtocol (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setPublicId(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNotation.setPublicId(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setQueueType (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRaiseException(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRaiseException(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRaiseNoRowsException() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setRaiseNoRowsException(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRaiseNoRowsException(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRawPayload (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRecipientList (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setREF() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRemarksReporting() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRemarksReporting() method, 6-20 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setReqCharacterEncoding() method, multibyte parameter encoding (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- setResBuffer(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResCLOBFileName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResCLOBTableName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResFileName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResHtmlView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResSourceEditView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResSourceView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResTreeView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setResultSetCache() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRetentionTime (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRetryInterval (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRootTag(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD.setRootTag(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRowIdAttrName(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRowIdAttrName(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRowIdAttrValue(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRowIdAttrValue(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRowIdColumn(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRowIdColumn(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRowPrefetch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRowPrefetch() method, 6-20 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRowsetTag(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRowsetTag(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRowTag(String) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setRowTag(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setRowTag(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setRowTag(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSampleSize( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setSampleSize( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSamplingRate( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setSamplingRate( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSchemaValidated (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- setSecondaryInstance (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSelectedNode(Node) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSender (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSenderID (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSequenceDeviation (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSerializationMode(boolean) - oracle.xml.classgen.DTDClassGenerator.setSerializationMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setServletRequest( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setServletResponse( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setSessionMaxInactiveTime(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setShort (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setShortProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSkipRows (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setSkipRows(int) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setSkipRows(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSortOrder (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSource( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setSource( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSource(XSDNode) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDSimpleType.setSource(oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDNode) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSourceInformation( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setSQLToXMLNameEscaping(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setSQLToXMLNameEscaping(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSQLToXMLNameEscaping(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setSQLToXMLNameEscaping(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStandalone(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDeclPI.setStandalone(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStandalone(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setStandalone(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStmtCacheSize() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setStorageClause (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStream (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setString (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setString() limitations, using streams to avoid (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setString() method
- to bind ROWIDs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setStringProperty (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStyleSheet(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setStyleSheet(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStyleSheet(String, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStyleSheet(String, String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setStyleSheet(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStylesheetHeader() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setStylesheetHeader(String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setStylesheetHeader(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setStyleSheetProcessingInstr(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSymbolFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSymbolForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setSystemId(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNotation.setSystemId(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTagFont(Font) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTagForeground(Color) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTask( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setTaskCurrent(int) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setTaskCurrent(int, String) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- setText (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTextDecl(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.setTextDecl(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTextDecl(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.setTextDecl(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTime() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setTimestamp() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setTimeToLive (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setting
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- database properties (Data Guard Broker)
- internal LOBs to empty (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LOBs to NULL (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- network timers on primary and standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Net EXPIRE_TIME network timers (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overrides for NLS_LANG variable (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- system variables for SQL*PLUS performance (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- TCP/IP network timers (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting
- column object to empty (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- column objects to NULL (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setting a bitmap background
- Map menu (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- setting database initialization parameters (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setting instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- setting locks (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- setting the scope of a tuning session (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- setting up
- Messaging Gateway (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- ORACLE_HOME environment variable (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Windows domain user (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- setting up
- Advanced Events (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Capacity Planner (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Performance Manager (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Trace (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- setting up, using LOGIN and GLOGIN (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- setToken(int, boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLTokenizer.setToken(int, boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTokenHandler(XMLToken) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLTokenizer.setTokenHandler(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTraceLevel (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTraceLevel(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTransactionIsolation() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setTransactionIsolation() method, 6-19 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setTransformation (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setTypeMap() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setUnicodeStream() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setup and configuration
- manageability components in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- setup of SQLJ, testing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setup process (ldaprepl.sh)
- log file location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Setup Wizard (Advanced Replication)
- setUpdateColumnList(String[]) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setUpdateColumnList(java.lang.String[]) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setUpdateColumnName() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setUpdateColumnNames()
- XML SQL Utility (XSU)
- setUpdateColumnNames() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setUpdateTime( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setUpdateTime( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setURIResolver(URIResolver) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXSAXTransformerFactory.setURIResolver(javax.xml.transform.URIResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setURIResolver(URIResolver) - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXTransformer.setURIResolver(javax.xml.transform.URIResolver) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setUserCallback(AQxmlCallback) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setUsername(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setValidationMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setValidationMode(boolean) - oracle.xml.classgen.DTDClassGenerator.setValidationMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setValidationMode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setValidationMode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setValidationMode(int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setValidationMode(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setValue() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setValue(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLAttr.setValue(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setValueFrom() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- setVersion(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDeclPI.setVersion(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setVersion(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.setVersion(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setVideoDuration( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- setVideoDuration( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setVisibility (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setWaitTime (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setWidth( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- SetWoOverwriteOFF procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWoOverwriteON procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeOFF procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeON procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setXmlBuffer(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXmlCLOBFileName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXmlCLOBTableName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLDecl(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.setXMLDecl(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLDecl(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.setXMLDecl(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLDocument(Document) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXmlFileName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLProperties(XMLProperties) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDValidator.setXMLProperties(oracle.xml.util.XMLProperties) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLProperty(String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDValidator.setXMLProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLProperty(String, Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setXMLProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLSchema(Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.setXMLSchema(java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXMLSchema(Object) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.setXMLSchema(java.lang.Object) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXmlSourceEditView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXmlSourceView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXmlTreeView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslBuffer(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslCLOBFileName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslCLOBTableName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslFileName(String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXSLOutput(XSLOutput) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.setXSLOutput(oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLOutput) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslSourceEditView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslSourceView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXSLT(Reader, String) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setXSLT(java.io.Reader, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXSLT(Reader, String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setXSLT(java.io.Reader, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXSLTParam(String, String) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.setXSLTParam(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXSLTParam(String, String) - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.setXSLTParam(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXslTreeView(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- setXXX() methods
- Oracle extended properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setXXX() methods, for empty LOBs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setXXX() methods, for specific datatypes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SET_ACCESS_PROFILE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_ACCESS_PROFILE procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE procedure (Text Reference)
- SET_BASE_TABLE_NAME member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_BASE_TABLE_OWNER member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COMMAND_TYPE member procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COMPARTMENTS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- set_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- SET_CONTEXT procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SET_CURRENT_SCHEMA member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DDL_TEXT member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DEFAULT_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_DEFAULT_LABEL procedure
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- set_disabled (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DML_HANDLER procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing a DML handler (Streams)
- removing an error handler (Streams)
- setting a DML handler (Streams)
- setting an error handler (Streams)
- SET_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION_SCN procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- SET_GROUPS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_KEY_COLUMNS procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing substitute key columns (Streams)
- setting substitute key columns (Streams)
- SET_KEY_TYPE procedure (Text Reference)
- SET_LABEL function
- and RESTORE_DEFAULT_LABELS (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- on remote database (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_UTL.SET_LABEL (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- using (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_LABEL procedure
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_LEVELS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_LOB_INFORMATION member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOB_OFFSET member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOB_OPERATION_SIZE member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOGON_USER member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_OBJECT_NAME member procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_OBJECT_OWNER member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_OBJECT_TYPE member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- set_output method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- SET_PARAMETER procedure
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- apply process (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- capture process (Streams)
- SET_PROG_PRIVS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_PT_MEASURE procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SET_ROLE procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SET_ROW_LABEL function
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_ROW_LABEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION_SCN procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- SET_SESSION_LONGOPS procedure
- syntax change (Migration)
- SET_SOURCE_DATABASE_NAME member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLESPACE procedure
- of DBMS_LOGMNR_D (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET_TABLE_INSTANTIATION procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLE_INSTANTIATION_SCN procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- SET_TAG member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TAG procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- SET_TRIGGER_FIRING_PROPERTY procedure (Streams)
- SET_UPDATE_CONFLICT_HANDLER procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- modifying an update conflict handler (Streams)
- removing an update conflict handler (Streams)
- setting an update conflict handler (Streams)
- SET_UP_QUEUE procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_USER_LABELS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_USER_PRIVS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_VALUE member procedure
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LCRs (Streams)
- SET_VALUES member procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sFacets - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.sFacets (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SGA
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- database initialization parameters (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- definition (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- See Also system global area (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- sizing (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDVideo (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- sizing using DB_BLOCK_SIZE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- sizing using DB_CACHE_SIZE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- sizing using LARGE_POOL_SIZE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- sizing using SHARED_POOL_SIZE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SGA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SGA memory allocation (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SGA parameter in instance tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SGA size (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SGA. (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- SGA. See System Global Area (SGA). (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Streams)
- setting size (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SGML, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for password encryption (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm), for password encryption (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- shadow column groups (Advanced Replication)
- shadow processes (Concepts)
- SHADOW_CORE_DUMP initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- shape (visual attribute) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- shape point (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- share locks
- on foreign keys (Concepts)
- share table locks (S) (Concepts)
- share locks (S)
- LOCK TABLE statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE lock mode (SQL Reference)
- share row exclusive locks (SRX)
- LOCK TABLE statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SHARE UPDATE lock mode (SQL Reference)
- shared (S) mode (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- SHARED clause
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Reference)
- shared configuration file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- shared current (SCUR) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- shared data structures mode (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- shared database links
- configuring (Administrator's Guide)
- creating links (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- to dedicated servers (Administrator's Guide)
- to shared servers (Administrator's Guide)
- determining whether to use (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- shared disk architectures
- and data affinity (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- shared disks
- configuring (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- shared global area (SGA) (Concepts)
- shared high availability node configurations (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- SHARED keyword
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement (Administrator's Guide)
- shared library (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- shared locks (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- shared memory system
- scalability (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- shared mode
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datafiles (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- instance number (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- instance recovery (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- OCIInitialize() (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCIStmtPrepare() (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- rollback segments (Concepts)
- using environmental variables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- shared nothing systems
- and data affinity (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- shared pool (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Performance Planning)
- adjusting size for Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- allocation of (Concepts)
- ANALYZE statement (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- dependency management and (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- flushing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- monitoring (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- object dependencies and (Concepts)
- row cache and (Concepts)
- size of (Concepts)
- shared pool size (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- parameter (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- shared resource system (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- shared schema restrictions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- shared schemas (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Internet Directory (Security Overview)
- security features (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Shared Server
- and Primary/Secondary Instance (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- shared server (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- adjusting number of dispatchers (Administrator's Guide)
- allocating channels (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- allocating resources (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- and connection load balancing (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- architecture (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- compared with dedicated server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- configuring dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring for use with RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- connect descriptor configuration parameters (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated server contrasted with (Concepts)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- enabling and disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- initialization parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- limiting private SQL areas (Concepts)
- Oracle Net Services or SQL*Net V2 requirement (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- OS role management restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel SQL execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parameters
- DISPATCHERS (SQL Reference)
- parameters for (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- performance issues (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- private SQL areas (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- creating additional (SQL Reference)
- terminating (SQL Reference)
- processes needed for (Concepts)
- reducing contention (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- requirements for running (Migration)
- restricted operations in (Concepts)
- session memory in the large pool (Concepts)
- SESSIONS initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting initial number of dispatchers (Administrator's Guide)
- setting initial number of servers (Administrator's Guide)
- setting minimum number of servers (Administrator's Guide)
- system parameters (SQL Reference)
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- tuning memory (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using with connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- using with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- views (Administrator's Guide)
- virtual circuits (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server configurations (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- shared server connections (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- shared server dispatcher request statistics (Reference)
- shared server environments
- application-provided serialization (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- automatic serialization (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- concurrency (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- thread safety (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implementing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Shared server process (Getting Started for Windows)
- shared server processes
- maximum number (Reference)
- trace files for (Administrator's Guide)
- shared server processes (Snnn) (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- shared SQL
- for remote and distributed statements (Administrator's Guide)
- shared SQL areas (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- ANALYZE statement (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- dependency management and (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- loading SQL into (Concepts)
- memory allocation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parse locks and (Concepts)
- procedures, packages, triggers and (Concepts)
- size of (Concepts)
- shared structures
- interoperability (Migration)
- SHARED_MEMORY_ADDRESS initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SHARED_MEMORY_ADDRESS parameter (Concepts)
- SHARED_POOL_RESERVED_SIZE initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- using free lists (SQL Reference)
- V$SHARED_POOL_RESERVED (Reference)
- SHARED_POOL_RESERVED_SIZE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE
- initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE initialization parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #7] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #8] (Streams)
- allocating library cache (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- changes in behavior (Migration)
- parallel execution allocation (Migration)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- tuning the shared pool (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- default (Java Developer's Guide)
- defined (Java Developer's Guide)
- errors (Java Developer's Guide)
- system global area size and (Concepts)
- SHARED_SCHEMA column (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SHARED_SERVERS initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- initial setting (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SHARED_SERVERS parameter (Concepts)
- SHARED_SERVER_SESSIONS initialization parameter (Reference)
- sharing data (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SHELL stored procedures (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- set-up tasks for configuring (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- shift-sensitive variable-width multibyte encoding schemes (Globalization Support Guide)
- SHIFTINOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ShiftJis (Text Reference)
- SHORT - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.SHORT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- short name, Java (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- short names (schema names) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Short OLAP API data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- short records with missing data
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- Short Running Requests that Waited report (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- short sample programs (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- compiling and executing (Data Mining Concepts)
- short waits
- definition of (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- short-circuit evaluation (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- short-cut menu (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- shortcut keys (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- shortcuts to starting SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SHORTDECIMAL data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- SHORTINT datatype
- C language (Utilities)
- SHORTINTEGER data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- shortname method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- SHOW ADDRESS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW ALL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW CACHE_CHECKPOINT_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOW command
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ALL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BTITLE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ERRORS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LABEL variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current page dimensions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LNO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- PNO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RELEASE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPFOOTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPHEADER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCODE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TTITLE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOW CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW CONFIGURATION VERBOSE command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW CONNECT_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW CURRENT_LISTENER command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW DEFAULT_DOMAIN command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW DEPENDENCY TREE command (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW DISPLAYMODE command
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW FORWARDING_AVAILABLE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW INSTANCE command (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SHOW LOG command (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW LOG_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW LOG_FILE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW LOG_FILE_NAME command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW LOG_STATS_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW LOG_STATUS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW NAMESCTL_TRACE_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Show Overview Charts
- menu option (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- toolbar button (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- SHOW parameter
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- SHOW PARAMETER command (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SHOW PARAMETERS command (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- example of (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SHOW PROFILE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW RAWMODE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW RELAY command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW REQUESTS_ENABLED command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW RESETS_STATS_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW RESOURCE command (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW RULES command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW SAVE_CONFIG_INTERVAL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW SERVER command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW SGA command (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SHOW SGA statement (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SHOW SITE command (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW SITE VERBOSE command (Data Guard Broker)
- displaying properties (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW STARTUP_WAITTIME command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW STATUS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW SYSTEM_QUERIES command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW TRACE_FILE_NAME command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW TRACE_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW TRC_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW TRC_FILE command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW TRC_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW VERSION command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- showing
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- Showing and Editing Initialization Parameters (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SHOWMODE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- showReturns option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- showSQL option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- showThreads option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- showWarnings(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- showWarnings(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.showWarnings(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- showWarnings(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XSLProcessor.showWarnings(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- showWarnings(boolean) - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.showWarnings(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SHOW_COMPONENT_LOCATIONS_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_CUSTOM_TREE_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_DEINSTALL_CONFIRMATION (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_DEINSTALL_PROGRESS (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_END_SESSION_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_EXIT_CONFIRMATION (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- show_indoubt
- public procedure (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- SHOW_INSTALL_PROGRESS_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_OPTIONAL_CONFIG_TOOL_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_RELEASE_NOTES (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_REQUIRED_CONFIG_TOOL_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_ROOTSH_CONFIRMATION (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_SPLASH_SCREEN (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_SUMMARY_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHOW_TNS_INFO networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SHOW_WARNINGS - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilderFactory.SHOW_WARNINGS (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SHOW_WARNINGS - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.SHOW_WARNINGS (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SHOW_WELCOME_PAGE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SHRINK clause
- of ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT (SQL Reference)
- shutdown (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- abnormal (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- deallocation of the SGA (Concepts)
- prohibited by dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- steps (Concepts)
- SHUTDOWN ABORT command (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SHUTDOWN ABORT statement (Concepts)
- consistent whole database backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- crash recovery required (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- SHUTDOWN clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SHUTDOWN command
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ABORT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ABORT option (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- IMMEDIATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- IMMEDIATE option (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- NORMAL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NORMAL option (Administrator's Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- specifying an instance (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- TRANSACTIONAL LOCAL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRANSACTIONAL option (Administrator's Guide)
- Shutdown Database task (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN event
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- Shutdown Listener task (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN procedure (Text Reference)
- SHUTDOWN statement
- ABORT option (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #4] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- SHUTDOWN TRANSACTIONAL (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SHUTDOWN TRANSACTIONAL command (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- SHUTDOWN TRANSACTIONAL LOCAL command (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- shutdown types (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- abort (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- immediate (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- normal (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutdown database and other services (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutdown database only (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutdowns
- transactional (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- shutting down
- a cluster database, setting parameters (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- databases (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutting down a database
- viewing results (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutting down a Server database
- with SYSDBA privilege (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- with SYSOPER privilege (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- shutting down an instance
- abnormal shutdown (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- lost sequence numbers (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutting down an Oracle Cluster Database (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- shutting down instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- siblings
- ordering in a hierarchical query (SQL Reference)
- SID (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- and server parameter file (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- setting (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- SID (database system identifier) (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SID field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SID networking parameter (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- sid Prefix (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- sidalrt.log file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- siddbwr.trc file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- side effect (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- side effects (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- controlling (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- sidlckn.trc file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sidlmdn.trc file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sidlmon.trc file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sidp00n.trc file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sidsmon.trc file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SID_DESC networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SID_LIST_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager requirements (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SID_LIST_listener_name parameter
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager requirements (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- sid_LIST_listener_name parameter (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SID_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SID_NAME parameter (Migration)
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SIGN function (SQL Reference)
- SIGNAL command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- signal flag
- on map objects (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- signature (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- indexing (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- signature checking (Concepts)
- signature mismatch (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- signatures
- PL/SQL library unit dependencies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- to manage remote dependencies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- signed applets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Significance element
- meaning in appendices (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- significant characters (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SIGNTYPE subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- silent installation (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- definition (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- reasons for performing (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- SILENT parameter
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- similarity calculation (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- Simple API for XML, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- simple authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL), in LDAP Version 3 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- simple authentication for directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- simple blocks (in models) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- simple comparison conditions (SQL Reference)
- simple element (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- simple expressions (SQL Reference)
- simple materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support
- database management (Administrator's Guide)
- Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) and IDAP (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XDBResource.setLastModDate (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XDBResource.setOwnerId (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP), definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- simple service package
- contents (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- simple symbols (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- simpleContent
- mapping to object types (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- simpleType
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- elements (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- generating element class (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- mapping to SQL (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- mapping to VARCHAR2 (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Simplified Chinese
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- simultaneous equations (OLAP User's Guide)
- simultaneous equations in models (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- SIN function (SQL Reference)
- single domain naming model (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- single node cluster databases (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- single password authentication (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Single Point of Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- single quotes (escape sequence) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- single sign-on
- Entrust-based (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- implementations (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- introduction (Security Overview)
- multitier (Security Overview)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Login Assistant (Security Overview)
- PKI (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- [subentry #3] (Security Overview)
- server-based (Security Overview)
- single sign-on (SSO) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- single sign-on using a centrally stored wallet (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Single Sockets Layer (SSL)
- current user database links (Security Overview)
- single table aggregate requirements (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SINGLE TABLE clause
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- single themes
- obtaining (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- single-byte character sets
- Import (Utilities)
- single-byte encoding schemes (Globalization Support Guide)
- single-byte languages
- indexing (Text Reference)
- single-line comments (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- single-process systems
- enabling distributed recovery (Administrator's Guide)
- single-record case (nontransactional format) (Data Mining Concepts)
- single-row functions (SQL Reference)
- miscellaneous (SQL Reference)
- single-table hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- single-table insert (SQL Reference)
- single-table loads
- continuing (Utilities)
- single-valued attributes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- converting to multivalued (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SINGLEROW parameter (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- SINH function (SQL Reference)
- site autonomy
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- site priority
- altering (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- site priority conflict resolution method (Advanced Replication)
- as a backup method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- site priority groups
- adding members to (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating
- syntax (Replication Management API Reference)
- syntax (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing members from (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- site profile
- GLOGIN.SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LOGIN.SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- See also user profile (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sites
- adding with Add Site wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- creating (Data Guard Broker)
- deleting
- Data Guard configuration file (Data Guard Broker)
- dependencies (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- during failover operations (Data Guard Broker)
- during switchover operations (Data Guard Broker)
- effects of removing metadata from (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- enabling (Data Guard Broker)
- logical object (Data Guard Broker)
- network setup (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- object
- definition (Data Guard Broker)
- overview (Data Guard Broker)
- removing
- from a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- roles (Data Guard Broker)
- showing summary information (Data Guard Broker)
- states
- online and offline (Data Guard Broker)
- transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- size
- attribute values (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- size (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- of database cache (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SIZE clause
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of file specifications (SQL Reference)
- size limit, varray (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Size of an Integer and ROWID (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- size of backup sets
- setting (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- size requirements (hardware) for spatial applications (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- sizing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- considerations in deployment (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- I/O subsystem (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tablespaces (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- sizing redo logs (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- skeleton tables (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- skewed data sample (Data Mining Concepts)
- skewing parallel DML workload (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SKIP clause
- in BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in REPHEADER and REPFOOTER commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in TTITLE and BTITLE commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- to place blank lines before bottom title (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SKIP OFFLINE option
- of BACKUP (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SKIP PAGE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SKIP parameter
- effect on SQL*Loader RECNUM specification (Utilities)
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- skip parameters
- for arrays of structures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for standard arrays (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SKIP procedure
- of DBMS_LOGSTDBY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP READONLY option
- of BACKUP (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- skip( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- skipBytes(int) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- skipBytes(long) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- skipjoins attribute (Text Reference)
- skipjoins character (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- skippedEntity(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.skippedEntity(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- skipping
- ALTER TABLESPACE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby logfiles (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archived on the standby system (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archived on the standby system (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- through redo apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- through SQL apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transmitting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transmitting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- validated (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- skipping index maintenance (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- skipping unusable indexes (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- skipRows (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SKIP_CORRUPT_BLOCKS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- SKIP_ERROR procedure
- of DBMS_LOGSTDBY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP_INDEX_MAINTENANCE parameter
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- SKIP_TRANSACTION procedure
- of DBMS_LOGSTDBY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES parameter (Concepts)
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES session parameter (SQL Reference)
- slash (/) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- files loaded with GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sleep time, OID Monitor (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- sleep(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- slower varying Cursor components (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- slowest-varying dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- SMALLINT datatype
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- ANSI (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DB2 (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SQL/DS (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SMALLINT subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SMALL_TABLE_THRESHOLD in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- smart cards (Security Overview)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- smart knowledge references (referrals)
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- smartcards (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- and RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Smith, Mark (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- SMON background process (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- See also (Concepts)
- SMON process (Concepts)
- instance recovery (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- recovery after SHUTDOWN ABORT (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SMP architecture
- disk affinity (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SMP_VIEW_EVENT_NOTIFICATIONS (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SMP_VIEW_JOB_NOTIFICATIONS (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SMP_VIEW_REGIONS (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SMP_VIEW_RUNNING_OMS_MACHINES (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SMTP (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- operations over the Internet (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- SMTP protocol adaptor (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- sn attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SN procedure (Text Reference)
- SNAME
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- snap-ins
- Oracle Home Configuration (Getting Started for Windows)
- Oracle Performance Monitoring (Getting Started for Windows)
- SNAPI communications (obsolete) (OLAP User's Guide)
- snapshot (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- snapshot control files (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- specifying location (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- snapshot descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- snapshot levels (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- snapshot log
- Import (Utilities)
- snapshot sites
- upgrading (Migration)
- snapshot thresholds (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- snapshot too old
- OPTIMAL storage parameter and (Administrator's Guide)
- undo retention and (Administrator's Guide)
- snapshot. See DBMS_MVIEW (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- snapshots (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- begin and end (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- databases identifier (DBID) (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- deleting (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- executing against (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- importing (Utilities)
- instance numbers (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- levels (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- master table
- Import (Utilities)
- refresh
- physical ROWIDs (Migration)
- removing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- restoring dropped
- Import (Utilities)
- SNAP_ID (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Statspack (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- taken by Statspack (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- taking snapshots (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- thresholds (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- upgrading to primary key (Migration)
- snapshots. See materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- SNMP (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- Oracle products supporting (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SNMP accessing functions (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- SNMP configuration (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- SNMP traps
- about (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- snmp.connect..password (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- snmp.connect..user (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- snmp.contact. (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- snmp.contact.listener_name (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- snmp.index.listener-name parameter (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- snmp.index.listenername parameter (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- snmp.index.service_name.world (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- SNMP.ORA configuration file
- LISTENER_CONTACT parameter (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- snmp.index.listener-name parameter (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SNMPAGENT role (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- snmp_ro.ora (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- snmp_rw.ora (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- SNOTATION - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.SNOTATION (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- snowflake schemas (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complex queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SNP processes
- starting (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- SOAP (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- access through Advanced Queueing (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- and IDAP (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- body (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- envelope (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- headers (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- JDeveloper support for (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- message structure (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- method invocation (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- server (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Streams queues (Streams)
- what is (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SOAP schema (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- SOAP, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Socket class (Java Developer's Guide)
- SocketPermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- sockets
- across calls (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- defined (Java Developer's Guide)
- lifetime (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- software code areas (Concepts)
- shared by programs and utilities (Concepts)
- software components (Performance Planning)
- software configuration
- keeping records of (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- Software Developer Kit (SDK) Messages (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- Software Only
- configuration type (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- software provided (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- software requirements (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- software-based connection redirection (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Solaris
- shared libraries
- libheteroxa9.so (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- libheteroxa9_g.so (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- solution variables
- defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- SOME comparison operator (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SOME operator (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- sort area parameter (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- sort area size (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- sort areas
- memory allocation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sort direct writes (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- sort merge joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- access path (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cost-based optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- example (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sort operations (Concepts)
- changing linguistic sequence (SQL Reference)
- sort overflow ratio
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- sort parameter in instance tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- sort segments (Concepts)
- SORTED INDEXES clause
- direct path loads (Utilities)
- example (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- sorting
- history entries for completed tasks or manually moved pending tasks (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- history entries for pending tasks (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- maximum memory (Reference)
- multiple-column indexes
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- optimum sort order
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- ORDER BY queries (Reference)
- presorting in direct path load (Utilities)
- reverse secondary (Globalization Support Guide)
- SORTED INDEXES clause
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying nondefault linguistic sorts (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- with function-based indexes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- sorting
- data in a table chart (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- history entries for completed tasks or manually moved pending tasks (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- sorting elements (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- sorting TopSessions entries (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- sorts
- [entry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- (disk) statistic (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- (memory) statistic (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- avoiding on index creation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SORTS DISKS in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- Sorts in Memory data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- SORTS MEMORY in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- Sorts on Disk data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- SORTS ROWS in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SORT_AREA_RETAINED_SIZE in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SORT_AREA_RETAINED_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
- [entry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- and parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- compatibility (Migration)
- configuring (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cost-based optimization and (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index creation and (Administrator's Guide)
- See also PGA_AGGREGATE_TARGET initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- tuning sorts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- use PGA_AGGREGATE_TARGET (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE parameter
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- index creation and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- R-tree index creation (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SORT_DIRECT_WRITES initialization parameter
- compatibility (Migration)
- SOUNDEX function (SQL Reference)
- soundex operator (Text Reference)
- source check for type resolution (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Source class
- convenience methods (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- primitive methods (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- shortcut methods (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- source code output file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- source database
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- choosing when creating change requests in Plan Editor (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- incomplete (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- source file line-mapping
- for jdb (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- source file location, ojspc srcdir option (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- source files encoding option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Source methods
- alias (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- distinct (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extract (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- string (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- value (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Source Model (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- source name / public class name check (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- source object for allocation (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- Source objects
- active in a Transaction object (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- constant (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- derived (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- for attributes (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- for measures (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- for relationships (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- for self-relation (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- fundamental (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting a modifiable Source from a DynamicDefinition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- list (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- modifiable (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- primary (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- range (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- structure (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- SOURCE parameter in ORAPARAM.INI (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- source queue (Streams)
- source schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- source schema object naming (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- source systems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source tables
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- exporting for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SourceGenerator class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of implementation (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- SOURCEVAL command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- source_char_set parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- SOURCE_ROUTE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for Listener Control utility commands (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for listener.ora (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for names.ora (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for Oracle Connection Manager Control utility commands (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for Oracle Names Control utility commands (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for sqlnet.ora (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- for tnsnames.ora (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SOURCE_ROUTE parameter (Migration)
- SOURCE_SIZE view (Reference)
- SP datetime format element suffix (SQL Reference)
- SP2 error messages (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- space
- allocating extents (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- not allocated to instance (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- requirements in structured (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- unavailable in exclusive mode (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- space allocation
- resumable (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- space management
- automatic segment-space management (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- compression of free space in blocks (Concepts)
- data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- datatypes, space requirements (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- extents (Concepts)
- MINIMUM EXTENT parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PCTFREE (Concepts)
- PCTUSED (Concepts)
- row chaining (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- setting storage parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- Space Management event (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- space padding
- during export (Globalization Support Guide)
- space requirements
- for MIG utility (Migration)
- space requirements, LONG-to-LOB migration (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- space transaction locks (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPACE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- spaces
- where allowed (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SPACE_ERROR_INFO procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- spaghetti code (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- span of a value in a Cursor
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Spanish
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- stemming (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- sparse collections (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- sparse data (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- controlled sparsity (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- eliminating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- random sparsity (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting dimension status (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- spatial aggregate functions
- See aggregate functions
- spatial cartridge and user-defined aggregates (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- spatial data structures
- object-relational model (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- spatial data types (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- spatial index
- See index
- Spatial Index Advisor
- using to determine best tiling level (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- Spatial Index Analyzer Messages (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- spatial indexing
- fixed (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- spatial join (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- spatial query (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- spatial reference systems
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- function reference information (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SPAUTO.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPAWN command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SPCPKG.LIS output file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCPKG.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCREATE.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- running (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCTAB.LIS output file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCTAB.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCUSR.LIS output file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCUSR.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDOC.TXT
- Statspack documentation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDROP.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDTAB.LIS output file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDTAB.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDUSR.LIS output file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDUSR.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- bounded range (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cluster (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cluster key (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- composite index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- full table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- full table using rule-based optimizer (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- hash cluster (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index bounded range (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index cluster key (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index of type bitmap (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index restrictions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- index with ORDER BY (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- MAX or MIN of index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- range (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- range of MAX or MIN (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- range with ORDER BY (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sample table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sample table and hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- single-column index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- unbounded range (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- unbounded range index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- unique (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- spec
- package (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- SQL object type (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- special characters
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- choosing a font (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- Euro sign (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- in passwords (SQL Reference)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- using (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- special combination letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- special letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- special lowercase letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- special purpose directories (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- special section
- defining (Text Reference)
- querying (Text Reference)
- special sections (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- special uppercase letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- specification
- call (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- object (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- package (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- procedure (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SPECIFICATION clause
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Reference)
- specification files (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SpecifiedCursorManager objects
- closing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- returned by the createCursorManager method (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying
- destination properties (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- specifying an archiving file format (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- specifying destinations
- for archived redo logs (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying multiple ARCH processes (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying service names (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- SPECint_rate95 baseline (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- spelled numbers
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- spelling
- alternate (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SPFILE
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- broker property management (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- creating (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- filenames (Data Guard Broker)
- inconsistent values from Data Guard configuration file (Data Guard Broker)
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SPFILE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- specifying from client machine (Administrator's Guide)
- spfile.ora (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- spfile1
- identifying on UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- sphere
- authalic (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- spheroids (ellipsoids) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SPL statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SPLExecutor class (OLAP User's Guide)
- split mirrors
- using as backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SPLIT PARTITION clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- splitText(int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLText.splitText(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- splitting a geometric segment (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- splitting mirrors
- suspend/resume mode (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- SPLIT_GEOM_SEGMENT procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- sponsor node (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- cold backup procedures (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SPOOL
- MIG utility option (Migration)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- file name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OUT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- to HTML file (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- turning spooling off (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- use with SET MARKUP (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- spool files (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- spool menu command (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SPOOL OUT clause, not supported (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SPPrmsLOB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- SPPURGE.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPREPINS.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPREPORT.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- performance report (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- running the script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPREPSQL.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- performance report (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPTH datetime format element suffix (SQL Reference)
- SPTRUNC.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPUEXP.PAR parameter file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPUP816.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPUP817.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPUP90.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPX protocol (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQ Enqueue
- from V$ENQUEUE_STATS (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- SQE operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SQL (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Error Messages)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- "Character" Functions, improved (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- benefits of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- comparison operators (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursors used in (Concepts)
- data converting to Java datatypes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data definition language (DDL) (Concepts)
- data manipulation language (DML) (Concepts)
- data manipulation statements (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DML, calling Java from (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- dynamic (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic SQL (Concepts)
- embedded (Concepts)
- user-defined datatypes (Concepts)
- Embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- embedding OLAP commands (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- error handling (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- features where LOBs cannot be used (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- functions (Concepts)
- COUNT (Concepts)
- in CHECK constraints (Concepts)
- NVL (Concepts)
- functions and operators, returning CLOB values from (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- memory allocation for (Concepts)
- nature of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- need for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- object type (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- OLAP DML command, introduced (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parallel execution (Concepts)
- parsing of (Concepts)
- PL/SQL and (Concepts)
- precompiling code (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- primitive types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- pseudocolumns (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- query (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- RAW type and BLOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- recursive (Concepts)
- cursors and (Concepts)
- removing incompatibilities for downgrading (Migration)
- reserved words (Concepts)
- row operators (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- See also relational data (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- session control statements (Concepts)
- set operators (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- shared SQL (Concepts)
- statement-level rollback (Concepts)
- stored procedures (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- structured types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- summary of statements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- support in PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- system control statements (Concepts)
- transaction control statements (Concepts)
- transactions and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- triggers (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- types of statements in (Concepts)
- types, constants for (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined datatypes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- embedded SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- OCI (Concepts)
- OCI (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- where LOBs cannot be used (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- SQL
- commands
- allowed in Module Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- list of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- identifier
- as a cursor name (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in module preamble (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL (Structured Query Language) (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SQL access (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- SQL Ada Module Description Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL Analyze (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- SQL ANALYZE command (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- SQL ANALYZE statistics
- collecting during schema collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL and PL/SQL examples (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL and PL/SQL functions (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- SQL and PL/SQL improvements (New Features)
- SQL and PL/SQL integration (New Features)
- SQL apply operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ANALYZER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- APPLIER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying redo data to logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- BUILDER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COORDINATOR process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY PL/SQL package and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- definition (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PREPARER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- READER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- uniquely identifying table rows (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- viewing activity with V$LOGSTDBY view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL areas
- private (Concepts)
- shared (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- shared, definition (Concepts)
- SQL buffer (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL cache
- collecting workload data from (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL Cache option
- using during workload collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL capabilities
- data dictionary tables (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- SQL CHAR datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- inserting a Java string (Globalization Support Guide)
- OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL codes
- returned by SQLGLS routine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SQL command (OLAP DML) (OLAP User's Guide)
- SQL commands
- ALTER INDEX (Text Reference)
- COMMIT FORCE (Migration)
- CREATE INDEX (Text Reference)
- DROP INDEX (Text Reference)
- ROLLBACK FORCE (Migration)
- SQL Communications Area (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL conditions
- LIKE2 (Globalization Support Guide)
- LIKE4 (Globalization Support Guide)
- LIKEC (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL cursor
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL DDL
- BFILE security (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- SQL Descriptor Area
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL directives
- CONTEXT USE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE DATABASE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE STATEMENT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TYPE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- TYPE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- VAR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL directives CONTEXT USE (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL DML
- BFILE security (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- SQL DML statements
- reporting on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL engine
- relation to the KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL Engine Tracing (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SQL error
- job task (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- SQL errors
- ORA-00900 (Administrator's Guide)
- ORA-02015 (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL FETCH command (OLAP User's Guide)
- SQL files
- importing from (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL functions
- ABS (SQL Reference)
- ACOS (SQL Reference)
- ADD_MONTHS (SQL Reference)
- aggregate (SQL Reference)
- analytic (SQL Reference)
- applied to LOB columns (SQL Reference)
- ASCII (SQL Reference)
- ASCIISTR (SQL Reference)
- ASIN (SQL Reference)
- ATAN (SQL Reference)
- ATAN2 (SQL Reference)
- AVG (SQL Reference)
- BFILENAME (SQL Reference)
- BIN_TO_NUM (SQL Reference)
- BITAND (SQL Reference)
- CAST (SQL Reference)
- CEIL (SQL Reference)
- character
- returning character values (SQL Reference)
- returning number values (SQL Reference)
- CHARTOROWID (SQL Reference)
- CHR (SQL Reference)
- COALESCE (SQL Reference)
- COMPOSE (SQL Reference)
- CONCAT (SQL Reference)
- calculating resource cost limits (SQL Reference)
- changing resource cost limits (SQL Reference)
- disconnecting (SQL Reference)
- global name resolution for (SQL Reference)
- limiting CPU time (SQL Reference)
- limiting data block reads (SQL Reference)
- limiting inactive periods (SQL Reference)
- limiting private SGA space (SQL Reference)
- limiting resource costs (SQL Reference)
- limiting total elapsed time (SQL Reference)
- limiting total resources (SQL Reference)
- modifying characteristics of (SQL Reference)
- number of concurrent (SQL Reference)
- object cache (SQL Reference)
- restricting (SQL Reference)
- restricting to privileged users (SQL Reference)
- switching to a different instance (SQL Reference)
- terminating (SQL Reference)
- time zone setting (SQL Reference)
- conversion (SQL Reference)
- CONVERT (Globalization Support Guide)
- datatype conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- default values for NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- existsNode (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- extractValue (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- INSTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- LENGTH (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- N (Globalization Support Guide)
- NCHR (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLSSORT (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CHARSET_DECL_LEN (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CHARSET_ID (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CHARSET_NAME (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_INITCAP (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LOWER (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_UPPER (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- optimizing view queries (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- RPAD (Globalization Support Guide)
- specifying NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR2 (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR4 (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRB (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRC (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_CHAR (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_DATE (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_NCHAR (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_NUMBER (Globalization Support Guide)
- unacceptable NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- UNISTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- using NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL History
- creating (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- managing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL improvements (New Features)
- SQL Loader
- loading InLine LOB data (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- performance for internal LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- SQL name clause, translation statement (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQL names vs. Java names in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL NCHAR datatypes
- binding and defining in OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- using JDBC (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL operators
- applying to fields (Utilities)
- CONTAINS (Text Reference)
- SCORE (Text Reference)
- SQL optimizer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sql option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- sql option (JPublisher -sql) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL parallel query mechanism (New Features)
- SQL Parse event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL query
- binding placeholders. See bind operation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- defining output variables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- defining output variables. See define operation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fetching results (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement type (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQL replacement code (dynamic SQL) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL Reuse (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL Scratchpad (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- SQL script
- evaluating in a user-defined chart (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- SQL scripts
- creating the data dictionary (Reference)
- optional (Reference)
- required (Reference)
- SQL semantics on LOBs
- non-supported functionality (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- SQL service
- data dictionary views (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- views
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- SQL statement
- restrictions (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- SQL statement
- terminator for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQL statement matching (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL statements
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ALLOCATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR TYPE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- array processing (Concepts)
- auditing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- by access (SQL Reference)
- by proxy (SQL Reference)
- by session (SQL Reference)
- by user (SQL Reference)
- stopping (SQL Reference)
- successful (SQL Reference)
- when records generated (Concepts)
- avoiding the use of indexes (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- binding placeholders in (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CALL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- capturing definitions using Create Baseline (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- CLOSE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMMIT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- complex (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- complex optimizing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- concerns when executing (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONNECT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT FREE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION GET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION SET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- control statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- controlling transactions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- converting examples (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- creating cursors (Concepts)
- DDL (SQL Reference)
- DDL statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- determining the execution plan for (SQL Reference)
- determining type prepared (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dictionary cache locks and (Concepts)
- disabling audit options (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed
- routing to nodes (Concepts)
- distributed databases and (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DML (SQL Reference)
- DML statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- embedded (Concepts)
- ENABLE THREADS (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- enabling audit options on (Administrator's Guide)
- ensuring the use of indexes (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- executable versus directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE ... END-EXEC (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE...END-EXEC (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- executing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- executing on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- execution (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- execution plans of (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- failure in (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- FETCH (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for defining and controlling transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for manipulating a cursor (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- FREE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- GET DESCRIPTOR (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- handles, definition (Concepts)
- in trigger bodies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- INSERT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- instance-specific (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- issuing through OLAP DML (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- larger than 32 KB (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LIKE clause (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- LIKE conditions (Globalization Support Guide)
- LOB APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB ASSIGN (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB CLOSE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB COPY (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB CREATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB DISABLE BUFFERING (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB ENABLE BUFFERING (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB ERASE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FILE CLOSE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FILE SET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FLUSH BUFFER (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FREE TEMPORARY (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB LOAD (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB OPEN (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB READ (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB TRIM (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB WRITE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- modifying indexed data (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- not allowed in triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- number of triggers fired by single (Concepts)
- OBJECT CREATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT DELETE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT DEREF (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT FLUSH (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT GET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT RELEASE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT SET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT UPDATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- optimization of complex statements (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- optimization of distributed (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- optimizing complex (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- optimizing distributed (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- optimizing to improve performance (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- organization of (SQL Reference)
- parallel execution (Concepts)
- parallelizing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parse locks (Concepts)
- parsing (Concepts)
- PREPARE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- preparing for execution (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- privileges required for (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- processing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- processing of (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- processing overview (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- queries (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- referencing dependent objects (Concepts)
- REGISTER CONNECT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- resource limits and (Concepts)
- restricting ad hoc use (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- ROLLBACK (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- rolling back (SQL Reference)
- rules for executing (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- session control (SQL Reference)
- SET DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- skipping on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- space allocation (SQL Reference)
- static versus dynamic (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- successful execution (Concepts)
- summary of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- suspending and completing (SQL Reference)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- system control (SQL Reference)
- thresholds (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- tracking the occurrence in a session (SQL Reference)
- transaction control (SQL Reference)
- transactions (Concepts)
- triggers on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- triggering events (Concepts)
- type of (SQL Reference)
- types
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- control statements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data definition language (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data manipulation language (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameterized statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameterized statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- queries (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standard statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standard statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- types of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- undoing (SQL Reference)
- UPDATE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to control a cursor (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to manipulate data (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- waiting for I/O (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL statements
- ANALYZE (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- capturing definitions using Create Baseline (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- collecting data about (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- comparing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- in data views (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- of drill-down data views (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- SQL states (for errors) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL strings
- applying SQL operators to fields (Utilities)
- example (Utilities)
- quotation marks (Utilities)
- SQL support (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- SQL syntax (Oracle) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL trace facility (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- example of output (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- output (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- statement truncation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- steps to follow (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- trace files (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL tuning
- SQL statement matching (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL Tuning Wizard (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- process (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- using (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL*Forms
- display error screen in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- IAP constants in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- returning values to (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- reverse return code switch in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL*Forms user exit
- sample program (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQL*Loader
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Error Messages)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- appending rows to tables (Utilities)
- BAD command-line parameter (Utilities)
- bad file (Utilities)
- BADDN parameter (Utilities)
- BADFILE parameter (Utilities)
- bind arrays and performance (Utilities)
- BINDSIZE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- capture processes (Streams)
- case studies (Utilities)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- extracting data from a formatted report (Utilities)
- loading combined physical records (Utilities)
- loading data in Unicode character set (Utilities)
- loading data into multiple tables (Utilities)
- loading delimited, free-format files (Utilities)
- loading fixed-length data (Utilities)
- loading LOBFILEs (CLOBs) (Utilities)
- loading partitioned tables (Utilities)
- loading REF fields (Utilities)
- loading variable-length data (Utilities)
- loading VARRAYs (Utilities)
- choosing which rows to load (Utilities)
- COLUMNARRAYROWS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- command-line parameters (Utilities)
- CONCATENATE parameter (Utilities)
- CONTINUEIF parameter (Utilities)
- continuing single-table loads (Utilities)
- CONTROL command-line parameter (Utilities)
- control file conventions (Getting Started for Windows)
- conventional path load (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- conventional path loads (Utilities)
- DATA command-line parameter (Utilities)
- data conversion (Utilities)
- data definition language
- syntax diagrams (Utilities)
- datatype specifications (Utilities)
- DATE_CACHE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- definition (Concepts)
- DIRECT command-line parameter (Utilities)
- direct load
- similar to direct-path INSERT (Concepts)
- direct path method (Utilities)
- using date cache feature to improve performance (Utilities)
- direct path option (Getting Started for Windows)
- direct-path load (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DISCARD command-line parameter (Utilities)
- discarded records (Utilities)
- DISCARDFILE parameter (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX command-line parameter (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX parameter (Utilities)
- DISCARDS parameter (Utilities)
- errors caused by tabs (Utilities)
- ERRORS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- example (Text Reference)
- example control file (Text Reference)
- example data file (Text Reference)
- example sessions (Utilities)
- exclusive access (Utilities)
- FILE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- filenames (Utilities)
- globalization technology (Utilities)
- index options (Utilities)
- indexes and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- inserting rows into tables (Utilities)
- INTO TABLE statement (Utilities)
- LOAD command-line parameter (Utilities)
- load methods (Utilities)
- loading column objects (Utilities)
- loading data (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- [subentry #2] (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- loading data across different platforms (Utilities)
- loading data contained in the control file (Utilities)
- loading object tables (Utilities)
- LOBFILE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LOG command-line parameter (Utilities)
- log file datafile information (Utilities)
- log file entries (Utilities)
- log file global information (Utilities)
- log file header information (Utilities)
- log file summary statistics (Utilities)
- log file table information (Utilities)
- log file table load information (Utilities)
- log files (Utilities)
- methods of loading data (Utilities)
- multiple INTO TABLE statements (Utilities)
- MULTITHREADING command-line parameter (Utilities)
- object names (Utilities)
- operating system compatibility (Getting Started for Windows)
- parallel data loading (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- PARFILE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- preferred tools (Getting Started for Windows)
- READSIZE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- maximum size (Utilities)
- rejected records (Utilities)
- replacing rows in tables (Utilities)
- required privileges (Utilities)
- RESUMABLE parameter (Utilities)
- RESUMABLE_NAME parameter (Utilities)
- RESUMABLE_TIMEOUT parameter (Utilities)
- ROWS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SILENT command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SINGLEROW parameter (Utilities)
- SKIP_INDEX_MAINTENANCE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SORTED INDEXES during direct path loads (Utilities)
- specifying columns (Utilities)
- specifying datafiles (Utilities)
- specifying field conditions (Utilities)
- specifying fields (Utilities)
- specifying more than one datafile (Utilities)
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- STREAMSIZE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- suppressing messages (Utilities)
- updating rows (Utilities)
- USERID command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader
- example loading multimedia data (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- loading data (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Loader inserts (SQL Reference)
- SQL*Loader scripts (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- BCP (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- SQL*Menu
- PL/SQL (Concepts)
- SQL*Module
- applications (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- FIPS flagger (Concepts)
- for Ada (Migration)
- SQL*Module
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- development using Module Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- executable names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- FIPS flagger (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- running the compiler (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standards conformance (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- supported features (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL*Net
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- coexistence issues (Migration)
- [subentry #2] (Migration)
- Oracle9i databases (Migration)
- using SERVICE_NAME networking parameter (Migration)
- using SID networking parameter (Migration)
- connecting using Version 2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- migrating to Oracle Net (Migration)
- migrating to Oracle Net Services (Migration)
- [subentry #2] (Migration)
- configuration files (Migration)
- listener.ora file (Migration)
- software on client (Migration)
- software on server (Migration)
- tnsnames.ora file (Migration)
- verifying service name and instance name (Migration)
- relinking (Migration)
- See (Concepts)
- SID networking parameter (Migration)
- upgrading from V1 to V2 (Migration)
- upgrading to Oracle Names release 1 (9.0.1) (Migration)
- upgrading to Oracle Net Services (Migration)
- use with Oracle9i (Migration)
- SQL*Net message from client idle events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Net message from dblink wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Net network
- services (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ALERT file (Concepts)
- anonymous blocks (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- application window (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- autotrace (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- basic concepts (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- BEGIN_SNAP variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR TIMING command (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- command defined (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- command prompt (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command summary (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command-line (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command-line interface (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- compile-time errors (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- configuring globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting to a database through Active Directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting with (Concepts)
- creating a sequence (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- database administration (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT_TABLESPACE variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- differences with Server Manager
- ampersands (Migration)
- blank lines (Migration)
- commands (Migration)
- comments (Migration)
- COMMIT command (Migration)
- CREATE LIBRARY command (Migration)
- CREATE TYPE command (Migration)
- hyphen continuation character (Migration)
- startup (Migration)
- syntax (Migration)
- END_SNAP variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- executing a package (Concepts)
- executing a procedure (Concepts)
- execution plan (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- exiting (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- exiting conditionally (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- installing (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- installing online help (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- invoking stored procedures (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- limits (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- loading a procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- lock and latch monitors (Concepts)
- menus (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- migrating scripts from Server Manager (Migration)
- obsolete command alternatives (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- operating system compatibility (Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started for Windows)
- preferred tools (Getting Started for Windows)
- REPORT_NAME variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- restricting ad hoc use (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- running commands in batch mode (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- scripts
- upgrading (Migration)
- session variables (Concepts)
- SET SERVEROUTPUT ON command (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- setting up environment (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting up environment from GUI (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- shortcuts to starting (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOW ERRORS command (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- showing size of SGA (Concepts)
- shutting down the database (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- SQL statements (Concepts)
- starting (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- starting an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- starting the database (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- statistics monitor (Concepts)
- system variables affecting performance (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- system variables influencing performance (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- TEMPORARY_TABLESPACE variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- three-tiered architecture (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- timeout parameter
- increasing for Microsoft Transaction Server (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- TIMING command (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- tuning (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using LOGIN and GLOGIN to setup (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- using ORADEBUG (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- using to test SELECT statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- versus embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- who can use (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Windows versions supported (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQL*Plus
- creating stored procedures with (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- storing packages in a database (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL*Plus documentation (New Features)
- SQL*Plus error messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus sessions
- multiple (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SQL*Plus Windows GUI
- changing face and size (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- changing font (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQL*Plus Worksheet
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- preferred tools (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- SQL*Plus, 9-55 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Pus documentation (New Features)
- SQL, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SQL, dynamic (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL-99 extensions (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- SQL-based applications
- components (OLAP User's Guide)
- SQL-CONTEXT (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- host tables not allowed (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- variable declaration (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL.BSQ file (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL.PNO, referencing in report titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL.SQLCODE
- using in EXIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL/400 (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- SQL/DS datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- conversion to Oracle datatypes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- implicit conversion (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- restrictions on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SQL/DS option (DB2 file format)
- not supported by SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL/MM for Data Mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- sql2oci.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SQL92 (Concepts)
- conformance (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- minimum requirement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL92 standards conformance (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL92 syntax (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- function call syntax (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE escape characters (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- outer joins (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scalar functions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- time and date literals (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translating to SQL example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL92_SECURITY initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SQL:99 standards (SQL Reference)
- SQLADMIN Role
- VMQROLE.SQL (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQLADR procedure
- syntax of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- storing buffer addresses (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlald() function
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlaldt() function
- see SQLSQLDAAlloc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlapr.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLBLANKLINES variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- components in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- components set for a PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- explicit versus implicit checking of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fields (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- including multiple times (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- interaction with Oracle (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCABC component in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCABC field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID component in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrd (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(3) field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(5) field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrd[2] component in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrmc component in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRMC field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrml component in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRML field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlwarn (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARN(4) flag (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in separate precompilations (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using with Oracle Net (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using with SQL*Net (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCA
- declaring (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLCA status variable
- data structure (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effect of MODE option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- explicit versus implicit checking (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlca.h
- listing of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of SQLCA_STORAGE_CLASS with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlca.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLCABC field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID component (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCASE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCDAFromResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCDAGetCurrent (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcdat()
- see SQLCDAFromResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK option
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- usage notes for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE TABLE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to check syntax/semantics (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- what it affects (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK support for objects (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCheckerCustomizer
- for semantics-checking of profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqlclu() function
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlclut() function
- see SQLSQLDAFree() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE
- with MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcode
- component in SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- return values (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standard type (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOW command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCODE field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- interpreting its value (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCODE parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE status variable
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effect of MODE option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- usage (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when declared with the SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when used (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE variable (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- interpreting values of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLCONTINUE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sqlcpr.h (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcpr.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLCS_IMPLICIT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCS_NCHAR (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcurt() function
- see SQLDAToResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- bind versus select (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDFCLP variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDFCRCP variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDFMT variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDH-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDH-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDH-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDV variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDVLN variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDVTYP variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- F variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- I variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- information stored in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- L variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- M variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- N variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- S variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFCLP variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFCRCP variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFMT variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDV variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVLN variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVTYP variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDFND variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDNUM variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- struct, contents of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- structure (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- structure of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- T variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- V variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- X variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Y variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Z variable in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA
- datatypes in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFMT element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFMTL element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_CUR_VNAMEL element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_MAX_VNAME element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_VNAME element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_CUR_VNAMEL element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_MAX_VNAMEL element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_VNAME element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDSC element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDV element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVLN element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVTYP element in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- structure (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- variables (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sqlda.h (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLData
- specifications (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use in custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLData interface (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- advantages (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- object types and inheritance (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle object types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data from Oracle objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sample, generated SQLData class (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use by JPublisher (JPublisher User's Guide)
- using with type map (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing data from Oracle objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLData Java storage format (SQL Reference)
- SQLDAToResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDFMT
- element in SQLDA (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFMT element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFMTL
- element in SQLDA (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFMTL element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDH_CUR_VNAME element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_MAX_VNAME element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_VNAME element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_CUR_VNAMEL element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_MAX_VNAMEL element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_VNAME element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDSC element in SQLDA
- how N is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDV element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVLN
- must be set by program (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVLN element in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- on PL/I variables (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVTYP element in SQLDA
- how it is used (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- how value is set (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLEnvGet function in SQLLIB (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLEnvGet() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrd
- component (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(3) field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using with batch fetch (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(3) variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLERRD(5) field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrd[2] component (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- returns N or rows fetched (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use with data manipulation statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrm
- component in the SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRM function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLERRM variable (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sqlerrmc component (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRMC field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRMC variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrml component (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRML field (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERROR
- WHENEVER directive condition (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERROR condition
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- meaning of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERROR condition
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLErrorGetText() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException subclasses, using (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLExtProcError() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLFC parameter (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlFileName parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- SQLGLM function
- example of using (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- need for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLGLM subroutine
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- provides DSNTIAR support for DB2 conversions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglm() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglm() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglmt()
- see SQLErrorGetText (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLGLS routine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL codes returned by (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to obtain SQL text (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlgls() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of use (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample program for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- see SQLLIB
- function SQLStmGetText (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglst() function
- see SQLStmtGetText (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLIEM function
- in user exits (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLIEM subroutine
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLInLine attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SQLInput interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLInput streams (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ
- accessing SQL (Java Developer's Guide)
- converting (Java Developer's Guide)
- defined (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- documentation (Java Developer's Guide)
- example (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- globalization support (Globalization Support Guide)
- guidelines for using (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- interoperates with PL/SQL (Java Developer's Guide)
- JSP code example (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- multilingual demo application (Globalization Support Guide)
- ojspc S option for SQLJ options (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Oracle JSP support (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- programming with Unicode (Globalization Support Guide)
- required files for use in JSP (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- running (Java Developer's Guide)
- See Oracle SQLJ (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- setting Oracle SQLJ options (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- sqljcmd config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- sqljsp files (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- translating (Java Developer's Guide)
- translators (Globalization Support Guide)
- triggering SQLJ translator (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- typing paradigm (Java Developer's Guide)
- using JDBC (Java Developer's Guide)
- using Unicode characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQLJ classes, generation and use (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQLJ object type (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ object types (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- mapping a Java class to (SQL Reference)
- mapping Java classes (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- SQLJ translator. See server-side SQLJ translator (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- sqlj utility (Java Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ vs. JDBC, sample application (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqljcmd config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- SqljConnBean for simple connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SqljConnCacheBean for connection caching (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqljsp files for SQLJ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- sqljutl package (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ_OPTIONS environment variable (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqlld2() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlld2t() function
- see SQLLDAGetName (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLLDAGetName (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlldat() function
- see SQLCDAGetCurrent (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlldr example (Text Reference)
- SQLLIB
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- and embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- extensions for OCI interoperability (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function
- SQLCDAFromResultSetCursor (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLCDAGetCurrent (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLColumnNullCheck (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLDAFree (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLDAToResultSetCursor (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLEnvGet (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLErrorGetText (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLExtProcError (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLLDAGetName (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLNumberPrecV6 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLNumberPrecV7 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLRowidGet (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLStmtGetText() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLSvcCtxGet (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- new names for functions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- new names for public functions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLLIB function
- SQLSQLDAAlloc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLName (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SQLNET.ALTERNATE_PORT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_GSSAPI_ SERVICE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_GSSAPI_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_ SERVICE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CLIENT_REGISTRATION networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.EXPIRE_TIME networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.FIPS_140 parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_ PASSWORD networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_ USER networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_METHOD networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF_MIT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ORA
- parameters for tracing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqlnet.ora file (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Common sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuration parameter reference (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CyberSafe sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- default configuration (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- FIPS 140-1 parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- modifying so CDS can resolve names (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.DIRECTORY_PATH parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security checksum sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security encryption sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- OSS.SOURCE.MY_WALLET parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
- BEQUEATH_DETACH (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DISABLE_OOB (Net Services Reference Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- LOG_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- LOG_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.DCE.PREFIX (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.DCE_PREFIX (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.DIRECTORY_PATH (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.INITIAL_RETRY_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.MAX_OPEN_CONNECTIONS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.MESSAGE_POOL_START_SIZE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.NIS.META_MAP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.NIS.META_MAP (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.PREFERRED_SERVERS (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.PREFERRED_SERVERS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES.REQUEST_RETRIES (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.ECHO (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.INTERNAL_ENCRYPT_PASSWORD (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.INTERNAL_USE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.NOCONFIRM (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.NO_INITIAL_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.SERVER_PASSWORD (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_FILE (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_FILE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_UNIQUE (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_UNIQUE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- NAMES_DIRECTORY_PATH (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ALTERNATE_PORT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_GSSAPI_ SERVICE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_ SERVICE (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CLIENT_REGISTRATION (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCYRPTION_CLIENT (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TCP.INVITED_NODES (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TCP.VALIDNODE_CHECKING (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TNSPING.TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for clients and servers using CyberSafe (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for clients and servers using Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for clients and servers using RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for clients and servers using SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_GSAPPI_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_GSSAPI_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.FIPS_140 parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF_MIT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHETNICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_VERSION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Trace File Set Up sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.ora, configuring for replication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_PORT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_RETRIES networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_RETRIES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_TIMEOUT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_INTERFACE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_PORT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_RETRIES networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_CHALLENGE_RESPONSE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SECRET networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SEND_ACCOUNTING networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SEND_ACCOUNTING parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNUL procedure
- example of using (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of with SQLDVTYP (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLNUL subroutine
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlnul() function
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of with T variable (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlnult() function
- see SQLColumnNullCheck() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLNUMBER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLNumberPrecV6 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLNumberPrecV7 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLOutput interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLOutput streams (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPATH registry entry (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- - clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -? clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -MARKUP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -MARKUP option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -MARKUP SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -SILENT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -SILENT option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- /NOLOG clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and @ ("at" sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and EXIT FAILURE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BODY option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- commands
- SQLPLUS (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting to a remote database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- display syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEAD option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HTML option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PREFORMAT option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RESTRICT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TABLE option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- unsuccessful connection (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPLUS Environment Variable (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPLUS_FONT parameter (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPLUS_FONT registry entry (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPLUS_FONT_CHARSET registry entry (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPLUS_FONT_SIZE parameter (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPLUS_FONT_SIZE registry entry (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLPR2 procedure
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLPR2 subroutine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlpr2() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlpr2t() function
- see SQLNumberPrecV7 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLPRC procedure
- example of using (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLPRC subroutine
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlprc() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlprct() function
- see SQLNumberPrecV6 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLPREFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPROMPT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLROWIDGET
- retrieving ROWID of last row inserted (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLRowidGet() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSegment event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQLSQLDAAlloc (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSQLDAFree() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE
- class codes (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- mapping to Oracle errors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- status codes (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- status variable (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- values (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- with MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE
- class codes (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- mapping to Oracle errors (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- predefined classes (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- standard type (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- status codes (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- using (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- values (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLSTATE parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE status variable
- class code (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- coding scheme (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effect of MODE option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- interpreting values (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- predefined classes (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- predefined status codes and conditions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- subclass code (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- usage (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE status variable
- predefined status codes and conditions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTM parameter (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTM routine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLStmt object (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SQLStmtGetText (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLStmtGetText() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- SQLSvcCtxGet function in SQLLIB (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSvcCtxGet() (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT typecodes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLTERMINATOR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLTERMINATOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLText Window (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQLType (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SQLT_NTY
- bind example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- define example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- pre-allocating object memory (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_REF
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcp() function (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- sqlvcp() function, see SQLLIB
- function SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcpt() function
- see SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sqlwarn
- flag (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARN(4) flag (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARNING
- condition WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER directive condition (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWarning class, limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLWARNING condition
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- meaning of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARNING condition
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLX
- generating XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- operators (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Oracle extensions (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SQL_CONTEXT datatype (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_CURSOR (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_SINGLE_RCTX
- defined constant (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_STANDARD package (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_STATEMENT column
- TKPROF_TABLE (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL_TRACE
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL_TRACE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- trace files and (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL_TRACE parameter (Concepts)
- SQL_TRACE session parameter (SQL Reference)
- SQRT function (SQL Reference)
- square brackets (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SRC networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- srcdir, ojspc option (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- SRID
- 0 (zero) special case with SDO_CS.VIEWPORT_TRANSFORM function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_SRID in SDO_GEOMETRY (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SRV networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- srvcfg
- raw devices (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- srvcfg raw device
- identifying (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SRVCONFIG
- importing and exporting raw device configuration with (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- srvconfig
- command on UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- srvConfig.loc (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SRVCTL Utility (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- architecture on UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SRVCTL utility
- using (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- using to administer instance configurations (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- srvm\admin directory (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SRVM_SHARED_CONFIG
- environment variable (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SRX locks
- LOCK Table statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SS datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- SSL (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- attribute values (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- authenticated access (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- one-way (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- server only (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- authentication modes (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- cipher suites (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_DH_anon_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_DH_anon_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_DH_anon_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_DH_anon_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_DH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_MD5 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- supported in Oracle Internet Directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- client scenarios (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration parameters (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- data privacy (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- default port (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- disabling (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- with ldapadd (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- with ldapaddmt (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- with ldapbind (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- with ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- with ldapmodifymt (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- handshake (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- interface calls (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modifying orclsslwalleturl parameter (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- no authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- one-way authentication (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle extensions (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- provide encryption and decryption (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- parameters (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring by using command-line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- password to user wallet (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- port 636 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- strong authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- toggling on and off (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- two-way authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Version 2 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Version 3 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- wallets (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing location of (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changing passwords (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL authentication for directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SSL security (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SSL. (Administrator's Guide)
- SSL. See Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL.CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SSL_CIPHER_SUITES networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_DH_anon_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_SERVER_CERT_DN networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SSL_SERVER_DN_MATCH networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SSL_VERSION networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SSL_VERSION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSO. See single sign-on (SSO) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSSSS datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- ST locks (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- stack (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- stack, technology (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- STag - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken.STag (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- staging
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- architecture (Streams)
- areas (Data Warehousing Guide)
- databases (Data Warehousing Guide)
- events (Streams)
- files (Data Warehousing Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams)
- management (Streams)
- queue buffers (Streams)
- queues
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- secure queues (Streams)
- disabling user access (Streams)
- STagName - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken.STagName (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- stale script (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- STALE status
- of redo log members (Administrator's Guide)
- STALE_TOLERATED mode (Data Warehousing Guide)
- STANDALONE - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.STANDALONE (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- Standalone Console procedures
- changing from connected to Management Server mode to standalone mode (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- changing from standalone mode to connected to Management Server mode (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to the database as a different user (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- removing a database from tree (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- viewing which role you are connected as (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Standalone mode
- running Performance Manager in (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- standalone objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standalone procedure (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standalone procedures
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- standalone Recovery Manager commands (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- standalone repository
- creating (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- prequisites for creating (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- storing change management objects in (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- using a different (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- standalone repository
- creating (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- prequisites for creating (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- storing change management objects in (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- using a different (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- standalone subprograms (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Standard Header Files (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Standard Management Pack (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- standard resource utilization items (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- standard SQL (SQL Reference)
- Oracle extensions to (SQL Reference)
- standard statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standards
- ANSI (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- ANSI/ISO (Concepts)
- isolation levels (Concepts)
- isolation levels (Concepts)
- FIPS (Concepts)
- integrity constraints (Concepts)
- standards conformance (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standby database
- compatibility (Migration)
- mounting (Concepts)
- recovering (SQL Reference)
- upgrading (Migration)
- standby databases
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- about creating using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- activating (SQL Reference)
- Apply Off substate (Data Guard Broker)
- applying archive logs (SQL Reference)
- applying redo logs on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- backing up using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- guidelines for backing up logs (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- interpreting the RC_ARCHIVED_LOG view (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- overview (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- restrictions (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- cascading (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- committing to primary status (SQL Reference)
- configuring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- a single log file destination (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- mandatory destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum number of (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- network connections (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on remote locations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- optional destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- single-instance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- constructing from backups (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- controlling use (SQL Reference)
- copying control file using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- copying datafiles (Data Guard Broker)
- copying standby control file (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- creating (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on local host (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on remote host with different directory structure (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on remote host with same directory structure (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating control file
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using SQL (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- creating using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- overview (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using image copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- designing media recovery (SQL Reference)
- discovering (Data Guard Broker)
- failover to (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- re-creating after (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- log apply services on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- management (Data Guard Broker)
- mounting (SQL Reference)
- naming datafiles using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- online state (Data Guard Broker)
- online substate (Data Guard Broker)
- online substates (Data Guard Broker)
- operational requirements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- read-only mode substate (Data Guard Broker)
- READ-ONLY substate (Data Guard Broker)
- recovering (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- removing from a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- renaming datafiles and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- resynchronizing with the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See also logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See also physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET AUXNAME command (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SET NEWNAME command (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting TCP/IP keepalive parameters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- skipping logfiles (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting (Data Guard Broker)
- starting RMAN and standby instance (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- state transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- STANDBY DATAFILE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- standby redo logs
- creating (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- log groups and members (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- log groups and members (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo log members (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Real Application Clusters and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- specifying storage locations for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby role (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby sites
- changing the state of (Data Guard Broker)
- creating (Data Guard Broker)
- roles (Data Guard Broker)
- switching over to the primary role (Data Guard Broker)
- STANDBY TABLESPACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- standby transmission mode
- definition of (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net and (Administrator's Guide)
- RFS processes and (Administrator's Guide)
- StandbyArchiveDest property (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyFileManagement property (Data Guard Broker)
- STANDBY_ARCHIVE_DEST initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- STANDBY_FILE_MANAGEMENT initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- STAR hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- star joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Star Queries (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- star queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star transformation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star query (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- star schema (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- materialized views (OLAP User's Guide)
- star schemas
- advantages (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defining fact tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensional model (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Star Transformation (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- star transformation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- Star Transformation Enabled (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Parameters (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- star transformations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- start (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- start a distributed transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- START clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- start columns
- in partitioning and EXPLAIN PLAN statement (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- START command
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- arguments (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- passing parameters to a script (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- script (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- similar to @ ("at" sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- similar to @@ (double "at" sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Start HTTP Server
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- START LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- Start menu, starting SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- start method (Java Developer's Guide)
- start SCN (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- start services
- with gsdctl -start (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- START statement in Oracle Trace (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- start up
- remote instance (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- START WITH clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW...REFRESH (SQL Reference)
- of queries and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- START WITH parameter
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- start-server commands (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- start-up problems
- troubleshooting (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- startCDATA() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.startCDATA() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startDequeue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startDocument() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.startDocument() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startDTD(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.startDTD(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startElement(NSName, SAXAttrList) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.startElement(oracle.xml.parser.v2.NSName, oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXAttrList) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startElement(NSName, SAXAttrList) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.startElement(oracle.xml.parser.v2.NSName, oracle.xml.parser.v2.SAXAttrList) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startElement(String, String, String, Attributes) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDValidator.startElement(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String, org.xml.sax.Attributes) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startElement(String, String, String, Attributes) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.startElement(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String, org.xml.sax.Attributes) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startElement(String, String, String, Attributes) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.startElement(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String, org.xml.sax.Attributes) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startEnqueue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- startEntity(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.startEntity(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- starter database
- archiving mode (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Starting (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- starting
- an instance with dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- change management applications from Change Manager (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Change Manager (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Console connected to Management Server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Console from web browser (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Create Configuration wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard command-line interface (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard monitor (DMON) (Data Guard Broker)
- database server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- databases (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- destination (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Enterprise Manager Configuration Assistant (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- failover operations (Data Guard Broker)
- iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listener (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- managed recovery (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- management server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Oracle Cluster Database (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Console (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager from a web browser (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Oracle HTTP Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Intelligent Agent (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Management Server (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Names client cache (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names LDAP Proxy servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Services components (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Services (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Performance Monitor (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- physical standby instances (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Pro*C/C++ (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- Real Application Clusters database (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus shortcuts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus Windows GUI (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- switchover operations (Data Guard Broker)
- Synchronization Wizard (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- the Quick Tour (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- starting
- change management applications from Change Manager (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Change Manager (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Console
- from command line (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- from Windows Start menu (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- Oracle Capacity Planner (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Oracle Performance Manager (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Tuning Assistant
- from Oracle Enterprise Manager (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- from Start menu (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- starting a database
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- recovery and (Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manage (Administrator's Guide)
- restricted mode (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Guide)
- when control files unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- when redo logs unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- starting a pack on its foreign node (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- starting a single pack (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- starting an instance
- automatically at system startup (Administrator's Guide)
- database closed and mounted (Administrator's Guide)
- database name conflicts and (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling automatic archiving (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- mounting and opening the database (Administrator's Guide)
- normally (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- recovery and (Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- remote instance startup (Administrator's Guide)
- restricted mode (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Guide)
- when control files unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- when redo logs unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- without mounting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- starting an IP address on a specific node (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- starting Data Viewer (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- from Oracle Enterprise Manager Program Group (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- from within Oracle Trace (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Starting on NT (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- starting on Windows NT (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- starting Oracle Real Application Clusters Guard (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- starting RMAN
- without connecting to a database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Starting the EM Console (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- starting the primary pack on a node that is not the preferred primary (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- starting TopSQL (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- starting up
- database name (Reference)
- instance number (Reference)
- startup order (Reference)
- startjoins attribute (Text Reference)
- startPrefixMapping(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.startPrefixMapping(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- STARTUP
- upgrading (Migration)
- startup (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- allocation of the SGA (Concepts)
- starting address (Concepts)
- and parameters (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- forcing (Concepts)
- on remote nodes (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- prohibited by dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- recovery during (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- remote instance (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- restricted mode (Concepts)
- results (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- rollback segments (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- setting cluster database parameters for (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- startup order (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- steps (Concepts)
- SYSDBA privilege (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SYSOPER privilege (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- verifying access to files (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- STARTUP command
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #4] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default behavior (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MOUNT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MOUNT option (Administrator's Guide)
- NOMOUNT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOMOUNT option (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- OPEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PFILE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECOVER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECOVER option (Administrator's Guide)
- RESTRICT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RESTRICT option (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying a database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying an instance (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- starting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- Startup Database task (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- STARTUP event
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- STARTUP FORCE statement
- crash recovery required (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- Startup Listener task (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- startup problems (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- startup settings (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- STARTUP statement
- database name (Reference)
- MOUNT option (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- startup trace parameters (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- startup types (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- force (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- mount (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- no mount (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- open (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- restrict (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- startup_clauses
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- STARTUP_WAITTIME_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- START_APPLY procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_CAPTURE procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_CLIENT_CACHE command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- start_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- START_LOG procedure (Text Reference)
- START_NET_TIMEOUT configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- STAR_TRANSFORMATION hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- STAR_TRANSFORMATION_ENABLED initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- state
- session, of package objects (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- state parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- state transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- effect on database resource substates (Data Guard Broker)
- overview (Data Guard Broker)
- statement
- NULL (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- statement caching
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- explicit
- definition of (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- null data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implicit
- definition of (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Least Recently Used (LRU) scheme (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- statement caching, overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Statement class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement failure
- definition (Concepts)
- statement handle
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement handles
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- reusing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- terminating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement labels (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- statement methods, JDBC 2.0 result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Statement object
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- statement terminator (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- statement trigger (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- statement triggers
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- conditional code for statements (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- described (Concepts)
- row evaluation order (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- See also triggers (Concepts)
- specifying SQL statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- timing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- trigger evaluation order (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- UPDATE statements and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- valid SQL statements (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- when fired (Concepts)
- statement-level read consistency (Concepts)
- statement-level rollback
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- breaking deadlocks (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- to break deadlocks (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- statement-level rollbacks (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- statements
- ALTER DATABASE RESET COMPATIBILITY (Migration)
- ALTER DATABASE RESET LOGS (Migration)
- BEGIN WORK (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- compound LET (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- CONTINUE (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- converting TRACE (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- CREATE TEMP TABLE (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- DDL statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- DROP TABLE (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOREACH execute procedure (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- issues with converting SPL statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- Oracle extensions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- RAISE EXCEPTION (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- resumable, overview (Concepts)
- RETURN WITH RESUME (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- ROLLBACK WORK (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SELECT (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SELECT within IF condition (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SET DEBUG FILE (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SPL statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SYSTEM (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- TRACE (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- WITH RESUME (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- statements, FOREACH . . SELECT. . INTO (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- statements, FOREACH CURSOR (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- statements, PL/SQL
- assignment (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CASE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DELETE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- EXIT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- FETCH (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- FORALL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- GOTO (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- IF (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- INSERT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LOCK TABLE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LOOP (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- MERGE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- OPEN (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- OPEN-FOR (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- OPEN-FOR-USING (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- RAISE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- RETURN (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- ROLLBACK (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SAVEPOINT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SELECT INTO (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SET TRANSACTION (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- UPDATE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- STATEMENT_ID column
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- states (Data Guard Broker)
- changing (Data Guard Broker)
- configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- database transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- displaying (Data Guard Broker)
- initial default online (Data Guard Broker)
- transitioning (Data Guard Broker)
- STATFIRST function (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- STATIC clause
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Reference)
- static data dictionary views
- changes (Migration)
- changes in Oracle9i (Migration)
- deprecated (Migration)
- obsolete (Migration)
- [subentry #2] (Migration)
- with columns that may return nulls (Migration)
- with dropped columns (Migration)
- with renamed columns (Migration)
- static include
- directive (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- logistics (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- vs. dynamic include (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- static methods
- ORDAudio relational functional interface (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDDoc relational functional interface (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDImage relational functional interface (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDVideo relational functional interface (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- static service information
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- static SQL (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- static SQL, defined (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- static text
- external resource file (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- external resource, ojspc extres option (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- external_resource parameter (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- generated inner class (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- workaround for large static content (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- static variable (Java Developer's Guide)
- end of call migration (Java Developer's Guide)
- statistical operations (OLAP User's Guide)
- statistics
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- analyzer (Utilities)
- automated collecting (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- automated gathering (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- automatically collecting for tables (Administrator's Guide)
- background checkpoints completed (Reference)
- background checkpoints started (Reference)
- branch node splits (Reference)
- buffer is not pinned count (Reference)
- buffer is pinned count (Reference)
- bytes received via SQL*Net from client (Reference)
- bytes received via SQL*Net from dblink (Reference)
- bytes sent via SQL*Net to client (Reference)
- bytes sent via SQL*Net to dblink (Reference)
- Cached Commit SCN referenced (Reference)
- calls to get snapshot scn
- kcmgss (Reference)
- calls to kcmgas (Reference)
- calls to kcmgcs (Reference)
- calls to kcmgrs (Reference)
- change write time (Reference)
- checkpoint (Concepts)
- cleanouts and rollbacks - consistent read gets (Reference)
- cleanouts only - consistent read gets (Reference)
- clearing (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cluster key scan block gets (Reference)
- cluster key scans (Reference)
- cold recycle reads (Reference)
- collecting (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- collecting TIMING statistics (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- collection during index rebuild (SQL Reference)
- commit cleanout failures
- block lost (Reference)
- buffer being written (Reference)
- callback failure (Reference)
- cannot pin (Reference)
- hot backup in progress (Reference)
- write disabled (Reference)
- commit cleanouts (Reference)
- commit cleanouts successfully completed (Reference)
- Commit SCN cached (Reference)
- computing exactly (SQL Reference)
- consistent changes (Reference)
- consistent gets (Reference)
- contents of (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- correlation with application workload (Performance Planning)
- CPU used by this session (Reference)
- CPU used when call started (Reference)
- CR blocks created (Reference)
- cross instance CR read (Reference)
- current blocks converted for CR (Reference)
- cursor authentication (Reference)
- data blocks consistent reads - undo records applied (Reference)
- database optimizer
- specifying for Export (Utilities)
- databases (Performance Planning)
- buffer caches (Performance Planning)
- shared pool (Performance Planning)
- db block changes (Reference)
- db block gets (Reference)
- DBWR buffers scanned (Reference)
- DBWR checkpoint buffers written (Reference)
- DBWR checkpoints (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- DBWR cross instance writes (Reference)
- DBWR free buffers found (Reference)
- DBWR lru scans (Reference)
- DBWR make free requests (Reference)
- DBWR revisited being-written buffer (Reference)
- DBWR summed scan depth (Reference)
- DBWR transaction table writes (Reference)
- CMPDBMIG.SQL (Reference)
- D0801070.SQL (Reference)
- D0900010.SQL (Reference)
- data dictionary (Reference)
- database migration (Reference)
- DBMSIOTC.SQL (Reference)
- DBMSOTRC.SQL (Reference)
- DBMSPOOL.SQL (Reference)
- INITJVM.SQL (Reference)
- Java (Reference)
- RMJVM.SQL (Reference)
- SQL scripts (Reference)
- U0703040.SQL (Reference)
- U0800060.SQL (Reference)
- U0801070.SQL (Reference)
- U0900010.SQL (Reference)
- USERLOCK.SQL (Reference)
- UTLBSTAT.SQL (Reference)
- UTLCHN1.SQL (Reference)
- UTLCONST.SQL (Reference)
- UTLDTREE.SQL (Reference)
- UTLESTAT.SQL (Reference)
- UTLEXPT1.SQL (Reference)
- UTLINCMP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLIP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLIRP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLLOCKT.SQL (Reference)
- UTLPWDMG.SQL (Reference)
- UTLRP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLSAMPL.SQL (Reference)
- UTLSCLN.SQL (Reference)
- UTLTKPRF.SQL (Reference)
- UTLVALID.SQL (Reference)
- UTLXPLAN.SQL (Reference)
- DBWR undo block writes (Reference)
- DDL statements parallelized (Reference)
- deferred (CURRENT) block cleanout applications (Reference)
- deleting from the data dictionary (SQL Reference)
- DFO trees parallelized (Reference)
- dirty buffers inspected (Reference)
- DML statements parallelized (Reference)
- enqueue conversions (Reference)
- enqueue deadlocks (Reference)
- enqueue releases (Reference)
- enqueue requests (Reference)
- enqueue timeouts (Reference)
- enqueue waits (Reference)
- estimating (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- exchange deadlocks (Reference)
- execute count (Reference)
- for conflict resolution
- auditing (Replication Management API Reference)
- cancelling (Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing (Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing (Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing (Replication Management API Reference)
- for propagation
- clearing (Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing (Replication Management API Reference)
- forcing disassociation (SQL Reference)
- free buffer inspected (Reference)
- free buffer requested (Reference)
- gathering tools (Performance Planning)
- BSTAT/ESTAT scripts (Performance Planning)
- database data (Performance Planning)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Performance Planning)
- Statspack (Performance Planning)
- global cache blocks corrupt (Reference)
- global cache cr block log flush time (Reference)
- global cache cr block send time (Reference)
- global cache cr timeouts (Reference)
- interpreting iSQL*Plus active statistics (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQL*Plus Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQL*Plus Server active statistics (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- maintaining records of (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- monitoring for Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- on index usage (SQL Reference)
- on indexes (SQL Reference)
- on scalar object attributes
- collecting (SQL Reference)
- on schema objects
- collecting (SQL Reference)
- deleting (SQL Reference)
- operating system (Data Warehousing Guide)
- operating systems (Performance Planning)
- CPU statistics (Performance Planning)
- disk statistics (Performance Planning)
- network statistics (Performance Planning)
- virtual memory statistics (Performance Planning)
- optimizer (Utilities)
- optimizing with (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- purging (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- specifying for Import (Utilities)
- user-defined
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- where maintained (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- where Oracle collects from (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- statistics
- computing using Data Viewer (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- of data views (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- of drill-down data views (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- selecting the statistics to display for a session (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- statistics attribute
- of an instance object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Statistics category
- collecting using Oracle Expert (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting using SQL ANALYZE (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- of Schema class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- STATISTICS parameter
- for Export utility (Utilities)
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- statistics tables
- upgrading (Migration)
- statistics types
- associating
- with columns (SQL Reference)
- associating with datatypes (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- associating with domain indexes (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- associating with functions (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- associating with indextypes (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- associating with packages (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- disassociating
- from columns (SQL Reference)
- from domain indexes (SQL Reference)
- from functions (SQL Reference)
- from indextypes (SQL Reference)
- from packages (SQL Reference)
- from types (SQL Reference)
- statistics views (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- statistics views support (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL initialization parameter (Reference)
- RATIO_TO_REPORT (SQL Reference)
- RAWTOHEX (SQL Reference)
- RAWTONHEX (SQL Reference)
- REF (SQL Reference)
- REFTOHEX (SQL Reference)
- REGR_AVGX (SQL Reference)
- REGR_AVGY (SQL Reference)
- REGR_COUNT (SQL Reference)
- REGR_INTERCEPT (SQL Reference)
- REGR_R2 (SQL Reference)
- REGR_SLOPE (SQL Reference)
- REGR_SXX (SQL Reference)
- REGR_SXY (SQL Reference)
- REGR_SYY (SQL Reference)
- REPLACE (SQL Reference)
- ROUND (date) (SQL Reference)
- ROUND (number) (SQL Reference)
- ROWIDTOCHAR (SQL Reference)
- ROWIDTONCHAR (SQL Reference)
- ROW_NUMBER (SQL Reference)
- RPAD (SQL Reference)
- RTRIM (SQL Reference)
- SESSIONTIMEZONE (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SIGN (SQL Reference)
- SIN (SQL Reference)
- single-row (SQL Reference)
- miscellaneous (SQL Reference)
- SINH (SQL Reference)
- SOUNDEX (SQL Reference)
- SQRT (SQL Reference)
- STDDEV (SQL Reference)
- STDDEV_POP (SQL Reference)
- STDDEV_SAMP (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTR (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTR2 (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTR4 (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTRB (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTRC (SQL Reference)
- SUM (SQL Reference)
- SYSDATE (SQL Reference)
- SYSTIMESTAMP (SQL Reference)
- SYS_CONNECT_BY_PATH (SQL Reference)
- SYS_CONTEXT (SQL Reference)
- SYS_DBURIGEN (SQL Reference)
- SYS_EXTRACT_UTC (SQL Reference)
- SYS_GUID (SQL Reference)
- SYS_TYPEID (SQL Reference)
- SYS_XMLAGG (SQL Reference)
- SYS_XMLGEN (SQL Reference)
- TAN (SQL Reference)
- TANH (SQL Reference)
- TO_CHAR (character) (SQL Reference)
- TO_CHAR (datetime) (SQL Reference)
- TO_CHAR (number) (SQL Reference)
- TO_CLOB (SQL Reference)
- CONVERT (SQL Reference)
- CORR (SQL Reference)
- COS (SQL Reference)
- COSH (SQL Reference)
- COUNT (SQL Reference)
- COVAR_POP (SQL Reference)
- COVAR_SAMP (SQL Reference)
- CUME_DIST (SQL Reference)
- CURRRENT_DATE (SQL Reference)
- CURRRENT_TIMESTAMP (SQL Reference)
- date (SQL Reference)
- DBTIMEZONE (SQL Reference)
- DECOMPOSE (SQL Reference)
- DENSE_RANK (SQL Reference)
- DEREF (SQL Reference)
- DUMP (SQL Reference)
- EMPTY_BLOB (SQL Reference)
- EMPTY_CLOB (SQL Reference)
- EXISTSNODE (SQL Reference)
- EXP (SQL Reference)
- EXTRACT (datetime) (SQL Reference)
- EXTRACT (XML) (SQL Reference)
- EXTRACTXML (SQL Reference)
- FIRST (SQL Reference)
- FIRST_VALUE (SQL Reference)
- FLOOR (SQL Reference)
- FROM_TZ (SQL Reference)
- GREATEST (SQL Reference)
- GROUPING (SQL Reference)
- GROUPING_ID (SQL Reference)
- GROUP_ID (SQL Reference)
- HEXTORAW (SQL Reference)
- INITCAP (SQL Reference)
- INSTR (SQL Reference)
- INSTR2 (SQL Reference)
- INSTR4 (SQL Reference)
- INSTRB (SQL Reference)
- INSTRC (SQL Reference)
- LAG (SQL Reference)
- LAST (SQL Reference)
- LAST_DAY (SQL Reference)
- LAST_VALUE (SQL Reference)
- LEAD (SQL Reference)
- LEAST (SQL Reference)
- LENGTH (SQL Reference)
- LENGTH2 (SQL Reference)
- LENGTH4 (SQL Reference)
- LENGTHB (SQL Reference)
- LENGTHC (SQL Reference)
- linear regression (SQL Reference)
- LN (SQL Reference)
- LOCALTIMESTAMP (SQL Reference)
- LOG (SQL Reference)
- LOWER (SQL Reference)
- LPAD (SQL Reference)
- LTRIM (SQL Reference)
- MAKE_REF (SQL Reference)
- MAX (SQL Reference)
- MIN (SQL Reference)
- MOD (SQL Reference)
- MONTHS_BETWEEN (SQL Reference)
- NCHR (SQL Reference)
- NEW_TIME (SQL Reference)
- NEXT_DAY (SQL Reference)
- NLSSORT (SQL Reference)
- NLS_CHARSET_DECL_LEN (SQL Reference)
- NLS_CHARSET_ID (SQL Reference)
- NLS_CHARSET_NAME (SQL Reference)
- NLS_INITCAP (SQL Reference)
- NLS_LOWER (SQL Reference)
- NLS_UPPER (SQL Reference)
- NLV2 (SQL Reference)
- NTILE (SQL Reference)
- NULLIF (SQL Reference)
- number (SQL Reference)
- NUMTODSINTERVAL (SQL Reference)
- NUMTOYMINTERVAL (SQL Reference)
- NVL (SQL Reference)
- object reference (SQL Reference)
- PERCENTILE_CONT (SQL Reference)
- PERCENTILE_DISC (SQL Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK (SQL Reference)
- POWER (SQL Reference)
- RANK (SQL Reference)
- TO_DATE (SQL Reference)
- TO_DSINTERVAL (SQL Reference)
- TO_LOB (SQL Reference)
- TO_MULTI_BYTE (SQL Reference)
- TO_NCHAR (character) (SQL Reference)
- TO_NCHAR (datetime) (SQL Reference)
- TO_NCHAR (number) (SQL Reference)
- TO_NCLOB (SQL Reference)
- TO_NUMBER (SQL Reference)
- TO_SINGLE_BYTE (SQL Reference)
- TO_TIMESTAMP (SQL Reference)
- TO_YMINTERVAL (SQL Reference)
- TRANSLATE (SQL Reference)
- TRANSLATE...USING (SQL Reference)
- TREAT (SQL Reference)
- TRIM (SQL Reference)
- TRUNC (date) (SQL Reference)
- TRUNC (number) (SQL Reference)
- TZ_OFFSET (SQL Reference)
- UID (SQL Reference)
- UNISTR (SQL Reference)
- UPDATEXML (SQL Reference)
- UPPER (SQL Reference)
- USER (SQL Reference)
- USERENV (SQL Reference)
- VALUE (SQL Reference)
- STATLAST function (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- STATS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- ACTIVE_DELAYS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- MOST_RELAYS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- OUT_OF_RELAYS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TOTAL_REFUSED (Net Services Reference Guide)
- TOTAL_RELAYS (Net Services Reference Guide)
- stats log
- connections (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- entries sent (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- operations (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- results (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Statspack
- [entry #2] (Performance Planning)
- and Oracle Real Application Clusters (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- automatic statistics gathering (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- compared with BSTAT/ESTAT (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DBID (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- documentation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- exporting data (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- installation scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- installing in batch mode (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- installing interactively (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- INSTANCE_NUMBER (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- level 7 snapshot (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- manageability and performance in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- performance data maintenance scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- removing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- reporting and automation scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- running reports (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sharing data (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- snapshots (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SNAP_ID (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- space requirements (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPCREATE.SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SPDOC.TXT (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- statistics available for Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- uninstalling (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- upgrading scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using DBMS_JOB to gather statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- STATSPACK.MODIFY_STATSPACK_PARAMETER procedure (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- STATSPACK.SNAP procedure (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- status
- configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- intended state of a configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- NEEDS_STREAM_DATA (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of a map object (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- of a registered event set (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- PREPARED (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- propagation (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESULT_SET_AVAILABLE (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- STREAM_DATA_AVAILABLE (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- UNPREPARED (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- UPDATE_COUNT_AVAILABLE (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- status bar (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- Status class (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- status codes
- meaning of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- returned by command line interface (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- status codes
- use in error reporting (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- status codes for error reporting (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- STATUS command
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- status command (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Status Details tab (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- from Cluster Database Operation Results dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- STATUS element
- of SNMP MIB definition, Version 2 (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- Status element
- meaning in appendices (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- STATUS in V$TABLESPACE (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- status messages
- for customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translator, enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Status object
- initializing (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- status option (sqlj -status) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- status parameters
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Status tab
- from Edit Cluster Database dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- status variables (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- status. See dimension status (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- statusnc tool (Java Developer's Guide)
- STD function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STDDEV aggregate function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- STDDEV function (SQL Reference)
- STDDEV_POP function (SQL Reference)
- STDDEV_SAMP function (SQL Reference)
- stem indexing (Text Reference)
- stem operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- stemmer attribute (Text Reference)
- stemming
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- automatic (Text Reference)
- default (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example for enabling (Text Reference)
- improving performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- step blocks (in models) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- STEP clause
- mimicking (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- stepwise refinement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- STMLEN parameter (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stmtcache option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- STMT_AUDIT_OPTION_MAP table (Reference)
- stop (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- STOP action
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- STOP action
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- stop and delete services
- with gsdctl (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- STOP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stop columns
- in partitioning and EXPLAIN PLAN statement (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- STOP command
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- of Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Stop HTTP Server
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- STOP LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- STOP LOGICAL STANDBY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- stop method (Java Developer's Guide)
- stop query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stop section
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- dynamically adding example (Text Reference)
- stop sections
- adding (Text Reference)
- STOP statement in Oracle Trace (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- stop-server command (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stopclass (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- defining (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- stopDequeue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- stopEnqueue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- stoplight formatting (OLAP User's Guide)
- stoplist (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating (Text Reference)
- creating with admin tool (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Danish (Text Reference)
- default (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping (Text Reference)
- Dutch (Text Reference)
- English (Text Reference)
- Finnish (Text Reference)
- French (Text Reference)
- German (Text Reference)
- Italian (Text Reference)
- modifying (Text Reference)
- multi-language (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Text Reference)
- PL/SQL procedures (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Portuguese (Text Reference)
- Spanish (Text Reference)
- Swedish (Text Reference)
- stoplists
- about (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- STOPNOW command
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- stopodis.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stopping
- database (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- destination (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- managed recovery operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- management server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Oracle HTTP Server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- stopping
- a collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- an analysis (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collection of data for a data source or data item (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Stopping on NT (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- stopping on NT (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- stopping Oracle HTTP Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stopping the secondary role (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- stopping, Oracle Services (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Hostname (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- LOG_ARCHIVE_FORMAT (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- LOG_ARCHIVE_START (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- ORACLE_SID (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- ORA_ENCRYPT_LOGIN (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Password (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Username (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- USER_DUMP_DEST (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- stoptheme (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- defining (Text Reference)
- definition (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- removing (Text Reference)
- stopword (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- case-sensitive (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- defining (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- viewing all in stoplist (Text Reference)
- stopword transformation (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- stopwords
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- STOP_APPLY procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STOP_CAPTURE procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- stop_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- stop_dic attribute (Text Reference)
- STOP_NET_TIMEOUT configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- STOP_SECONDARY command (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- stop_secondary command (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- storage
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- administering (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- cluster file system (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- column objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- fragmentation in parallel DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- indexes (Concepts)
- logical structures (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- nested tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nulls (Concepts)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- of complex types (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- of dimensions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of relations (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of variables (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- options for resources (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- options, clustered tables (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- options, extent size (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- options, table (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- quotas and (Administrator's Guide)
- REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- restricting for users (Concepts)
- revoking tablespaces and (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- secure credentials (Security Overview)
- secure data (Security Overview)
- structured (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XMLDATA (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- structured or unstructured (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- tablespace quotas and (Concepts)
- triggers (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- unlimited quotas (Administrator's Guide)
- VARRAYs and OCT (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- view definitions (Concepts)
- XML-schema-based (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XMLType CREATE TABLE (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- storage allocation errors
- resuming execution after (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- storage characteristics
- CACHE option (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- CHUNK option (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- INITIAL and NEXT parameters (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- LOGGING option (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- MAXEXTENTS parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- PCTINCREASE parameter (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- PCTVERSION option (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- STORAGE IN ROW clause (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- STORAGE clause
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG. (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENTS (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- OPTIMAL parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel query (Data Warehousing Guide)
- See also storage parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Concepts)
- storage defaults (Text Reference)
- storage group
- disabling (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- enabling (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- STORAGE IN ROW clause
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- storage index preference
- example (Text Reference)
- storage layout feature (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Storage layout information (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- storage objects (Text Reference)
- STORAGE parameter (Utilities)
- storage parameters
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- altering defaults for tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- applicable objects (Administrator's Guide)
- BUFFER POOL (Administrator's Guide)
- changing for data dictionary objects (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary (Administrator's Guide)
- default (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- estimating export requirements (Utilities)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- for the data dictionary (Administrator's Guide)
- FREELIST GROUPS (Administrator's Guide)
- FREELISTS (Administrator's Guide)
- INITIAL (Administrator's Guide)
- INITIAL, cannot alter (Administrator's Guide)
- INITRANS, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized view log
- altering (Replication Management API Reference)
- MAXEXTENTS (Administrator's Guide)
- MAXEXTENTS UNLIMITED (Data Warehousing Guide)
- MAXTRANS, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- MINEXTENTS (Administrator's Guide)
- MINEXTENTS, cannot alter (Administrator's Guide)
- NEXT (Administrator's Guide)
- NEXT, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- OPTIMAL (Administrator's Guide)
- OPTIMAL (in rollback segments) (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- OPTIMAL parameter (Utilities)
- overriding
- Import (Utilities)
- PCTFREE, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTFREE, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTINCREASE (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTINCREASE, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTUSED, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTUSED, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- preallocating
- direct path load (Utilities)
- precedence of (Administrator's Guide)
- resetting (SQL Reference)
- rollback segments (Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- SYSTEM rollback segment (Administrator's Guide)
- temporary for a direct path load (Utilities)
- temporary segments (Administrator's Guide)
- storage subsystems
- mapping files to physical devices (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- STORAGE_ERROR exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when raised (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- STORE AS clause (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- STORE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STORE IN clause (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- store tables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- store-and-forward replication. See asynchronous replication (Advanced Replication)
- store-and-forward transport, in Oracle9i (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Stored Configurations (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- stored data encryption (Security Overview)
- stored function calls (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stored functions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- importing (Utilities)
- effect of COMPILE parameter (Utilities)
- stored outlines (Concepts)
- creating and using (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- editing (Concepts)
- execution plans and plan stability (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- hints (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- moving tables (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- OUTLN_PKG package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- storage requirements (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- viewing data for (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- stored packages (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- importing (Utilities)
- effect of COMPILE parameter (Utilities)
- stored packages, Intercartridge Exchange (Getting Started for Windows)
- stored procedure
- opening a cursor (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample programs (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure calls (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stored procedures
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- [entry #6] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- [entry #7] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- advantages of (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- argument values (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- calling (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- contrasted with anonymous blocks (Concepts)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- developing (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- distributed query creation (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DLL statements (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- encapsulating privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- error handling (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- exceptions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- executing within RMAN (Recovery Manager Reference)
- importing (Utilities)
- effect of COMPILE parameter (Utilities)
- introduction to (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- invoker's rights (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- invoking (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Java (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loading (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- managing privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- migrating (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- multiple result sets (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- names of (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- opening a cursor (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overloading names of (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- overview (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- parameter
- default values (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- parsing (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- PL/SQL (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- privileges for recompiling (Administrator's Guide)
- program example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- publishing (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- remote (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- remote object security (Administrator's Guide)
- remote objects and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- sample programs (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- See also procedures (Concepts)
- SHELL (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- storing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- synonyms (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- triggers contrasted with (Concepts)
- turning into a web page (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- using privileges granted to PUBLIC (Administrator's Guide)
- variables and constants (Concepts)
- stored procedures
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- created with SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures and functions
- executing (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- returning rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- stored program units
- managing privileges (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- stored queries (Text Reference)
- stored query expression
- creating (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- viewing definition (Text Reference)
- stored query expressions (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- stored scripts
- creating RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- deleting (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- displaying (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- executing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- executing RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- managing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- printing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- replacing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- stored subprogram
- calling (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- packaged versus standalone (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored versus inline (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to improve performance (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored subprogram, calling (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored subprograms (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- calling (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- packaged versus standalone (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored versus inline (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- storeID(String, String) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.storeID(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- storeIDREF(String, String) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.storeIDREF(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- storeVarrayAsTable attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- STORE_PACKAGE
- STORE_PACKAGE command-line option
- does a CREATE or REPLACE PACKAGE (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- STORE_SQE procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- storing
- CLOBs Inline (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- greater than 4GB LOBs in database (FAQ) (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LOB storage clause, when to use with varrays (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- storing images in a BFILE versus BLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- storing private keys and trust points
- Oracle Wallets (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- storing text (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- storing XML (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- using XSU command line, putXML (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- storing XML in the database (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- strategies
- backup (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- NOARCHIVELOG mode (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- strategies for column objects (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- stream
- reading
- temporary LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- writing (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- stream buffer
- specifying size for direct path (Utilities)
- Stream class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- stream data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stream data column
- bypassing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stream data, 3-20 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- external files (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LOBs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LONG columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LONG RAW columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- precautions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- RAW columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- row prefetching (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- UPDATE/COMMIT statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use to avoid setBytes() and setString() limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- VARCHAR columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stream message (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- stream record format (Utilities)
- loading column objects in (Utilities)
- streamed reads (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- streamed writes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- streaming (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- do not enable buffering, when using (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- write (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- streaming APIs
- NewStreamLob.java (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- using JDBC and BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- using JDBC and CLOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- using JDBC and LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- streaming, data
- definition (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Streams
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- using for heterogeneous connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- streams
- as function return values (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- as output parameters (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- classes and methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general use in SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- precautions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving data (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sending data to database (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supporting classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Streams and replication documentation (New Features)
- Streams tool (Streams)
- STREAMS$_EVALUATION_CONTEXT (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- STREAMS$_TRANSFORM_FUNCTION (Streams)
- Streams. See Oracle Streams (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- STREAMSIZE parameter
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- STREAMS_CONFIGURATION parameter
- for Import utility (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- table data
- example (Streams)
- example (Streams)
- example (Streams)
- troubleshooting (Streams)
- user-created (Streams)
- variables (Streams)
- STREAMS_INSTANTIATION parameter
- for Import utility (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- [subentry #3] (Streams)
- [subentry #4] (Streams)
- [subentry #5] (Utilities)
- STREAM_DATA_AVAILABLE status (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- strict superset (Globalization Support Guide)
- STRICTLY_DOMINATED_BY function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- STRICTLY_DOMINATES function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- STRING
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- STRING
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- STRING - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.STRING (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- string comparison semantics (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- string comparisons
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- WHERE clause (Globalization Support Guide)
- STRING datatype (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- string host variables
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- string literal
- on one line (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- string literals (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on the next line (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Unicode (Globalization Support Guide)
- string manipulation using OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- string methods (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- String OLAP API data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- STRING subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- string values
- Data Guard command-line interface (Data Guard Broker)
- strings
- bit data (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- character strings (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- converting to ASCII values (SQL Reference)
- fixed-length character strings (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- graphic strings (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- mixed data (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- passing as parameters (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- single byte character set data (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- varying-length character strings (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- strip charts (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- striping (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- analyzing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- and disk affinity (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- automatic (Data Warehousing Guide)
- example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- global (Data Warehousing Guide)
- local (Data Warehousing Guide)
- manual (Data Warehousing Guide)
- media recovery (Data Warehousing Guide)
- striping disks (Getting Started for Windows)
- Inter-Process Communication (Getting Started for Windows)
- IODLL (Getting Started for Windows)
- IPCDLL (Getting Started for Windows)
- keys, defined (Getting Started for Windows)
- LAST_HOME (Getting Started for Windows)
- LOGFILE (Getting Started for Windows)
- MissCount (Getting Started for Windows)
- modifying values (Getting Started for Windows)
- MSHELP_TOOLS (Getting Started for Windows)
- NAME (Getting Started for Windows)
- NLS_LANG (Getting Started for Windows)
- ObjectName (Getting Started for Windows)
- OO4O (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_BASE (Getting Started for Windows)
- Password (Getting Started for Windows)
- PATH (Getting Started for Windows)
- PERFORMANCE key (Getting Started for Windows)
- PERF_FILE_NAME (Getting Started for Windows)
- PollInterval (Getting Started for Windows)
- PublicNames (Getting Started for Windows)
- RDBMS_ARCHIVE (Getting Started for Windows)
- RDBMS_CONTROL (Getting Started for Windows)
- REG_DWORD (Getting Started for Windows)
- REG_DWORD (Getting Started for Windows)
- REG_EXPAND_SZ (Getting Started for Windows)
- REG_EXPAND_SZ (Getting Started for Windows)
- REG_MULTI_SZ (Getting Started for Windows)
- REG_MULTI_SZ (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_GROUP_NAME (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_HOME (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_HOME_KEY (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_HOME_NAME (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_PRIORITY (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACLE_SID (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_AFFINITY (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_CWD (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_SID_AUTOSTART (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_SID_PFILE (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_SID_SHUTDOWN (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_SID_SHUTDOWNTYPE (Getting Started for Windows)
- ORA_SID_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT (Getting Started for Windows)
- OSAUTH_PREFIX_DOMAIN (Getting Started for Windows)
- OSAUTH_X509_NAME (Getting Started for Windows)
- strong authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- strong authentication for directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- strongly typed collections (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed object references (JPublisher User's Guide)
- strongly typed objects and references (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- STRUCT class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Struct Component Alignment (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- STRUCT descriptor (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- STRUCT descriptor, 9-4 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- STRUCT object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- attributes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating, 9-4 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- embedded object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- nested objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving attributes as oracle.sql types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- StructDescriptor object
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- deserialization (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get methods (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- serialization (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setConnection() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- StructMetaData interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- structs
- array of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- as host variables (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C, using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for collection object types (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- generating C structs for a REF (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- pointers as host variables (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- structs (structures)
- cannot be nested (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- structural access items (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- access control points (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- structural object class type (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- structural object classes (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- converting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- structure
- elements in allowed as host variable (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of as host variable not allowed (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- structure of index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structure rules, not enforced by Oracle Internet Directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- structure theorem (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- structure, audit log entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- structured field searching
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured fields
- presenting in application (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured files, reading (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- structured payload (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- structured payload/message types (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- structured query
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Structured Query Language (SQL) (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- description (SQL Reference)
- embedded (SQL Reference)
- functions (SQL Reference)
- header files (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- IDE (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- INCLUDE option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- installation
- Pro*COBOL release 1.8.x (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- keywords (SQL Reference)
- library file (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- linking (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- makeit.bat (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- MERANT Micro Focus COBOL
- Animator (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- building sample programs (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- COBSQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- comp5 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- compiling and linking (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- IDE (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- NetExpress (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- version supported (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- NetExpress (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- ONAME option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- options (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- ORACA (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- Oracle Tools support of (SQL Reference)
- orasql9.lib library file (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- parameters (SQL Reference)
- pcbcfg.cfg (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- pcccob.cfg (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- precompiling (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- commands (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- See also SQL (Concepts)
- standards (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- statements
- auditing (SQL Reference)
- determining the cost of (SQL Reference)
- syntax (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- threads
- comp5 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- compiling and linking (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- sample programs (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- user exits, not supported (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- user exits, not supported (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- structured query language (SQL) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- structures
- arrays of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data blocks
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- datafiles
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- locking (Concepts)
- logical (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- schema objects (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- memory (Concepts)
- physical
- control files (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- redo log files (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- structures (structs)
- nesting not permitted for host (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stubs (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- stuck recovery
- definition (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- STUDENTS.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Stylesheet, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- stylesheets
- XSU (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- sTypes - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.sTypes (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- sub-lexer values
- viewing (Text Reference)
- sub-lexers
- viewing (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- subagents (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- subannotations (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- adding (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- creating (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- removing (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- retrieving (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- returning enumeration of (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- returning number (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- subclasses (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subclasses, of object classes (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- subclassing iterator classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- subclassing JPublisher-generated classes--see extending (JPublisher User's Guide)
- subconfig (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subentries, definition (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subkey, registry (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- subordinate naming contexts (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subpartition
- mapping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- template (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SUBPARTITION BY HASH clause
- for composite-partitioned tables (Administrator's Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SUBPARTITION BY LIST clause
- for composite-partitioned tables (Administrator's Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- SUBPARTITION clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- for composite-partitioned tables (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- of DELETE (SQL Reference)
- of INSERT (SQL Reference)
- of LOCK TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of UPDATE (SQL Reference)
- subpartition template
- creating (SQL Reference)
- modifying (Administrator's Guide)
- replacing (SQL Reference)
- subpartition templates (Administrator's Guide)
- subpartition-extended table names (SQL Reference)
- in DML statements (SQL Reference)
- restrictions on (SQL Reference)
- syntax (SQL Reference)
- subpartitioned tables
- loading (Utilities)
- subpartitions (Administrator's Guide)
- adding (SQL Reference)
- adding rows to (SQL Reference)
- allocating extents for (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- coalescing (SQL Reference)
- converting into nonpartitioned tables (SQL Reference)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- creating a template for (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- deallocating unused space from (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- exchanging with tables (SQL Reference)
- hash (SQL Reference)
- inserting rows into (SQL Reference)
- list (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- locking (SQL Reference)
- logging insert operations (SQL Reference)
- moving to a different segment (SQL Reference)
- physical attributes
- changing (SQL Reference)
- removing rows from (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- renaming (SQL Reference)
- revising values in (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- template (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- SUBPARTITIONS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- for composite-partitioned tables (Administrator's Guide)
- subprogram, PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- subprogram, PL/SQL or Java (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- subprograms (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- advantages (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- how calls are resolved (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- local (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- overloading (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- packaged (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- parts (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- procedure versus function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- recursive (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- standalone (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- stored (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- subqueries (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- assigning names to (SQL Reference)
- CHECK constraints prohibit (Concepts)
- containing subqueries (SQL Reference)
- converting to joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- correlated (SQL Reference)
- defined (SQL Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- extended subquery unnesting (SQL Reference)
- factoring of (SQL Reference)
- in DDL statements (Data Warehousing Guide)
- in DML statements
- serializable isolation (Concepts)
- in remote updates (Administrator's Guide)
- in unions
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- inline views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- AND operator (Advanced Replication)
- column logging (Advanced Replication)
- EXISTS operator (Advanced Replication)
- joins (Advanced Replication)
- many to many (Advanced Replication)
- many to one (Advanced Replication)
- one to many (Advanced Replication)
- OR operators (Advanced Replication)
- primary key (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- nested (SQL Reference)
- NOT IN (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- of past data (SQL Reference)
- optimizing IN subquery (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- query processing (Concepts)
- scalar (SQL Reference)
- used as expressions (SQL Reference)
- See also queries (Concepts)
- to insert table data (SQL Reference)
- unnesting (SQL Reference)
- uses for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in the SET clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in the VALUES clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- subquery (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in the SET clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in the VALUES clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- subquery unnesting (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- subregistry (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subroutines
- declare section in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- precompiling (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- subschemas
- description (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting contents (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- subSchemaSubentry
- adding object classes to (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- holding schema definitions (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subscriber (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- adding (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- altering (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- durable (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- removing (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- rule-based (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- selecting (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- subscriber profile management (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- subscriber view
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subscriber views
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subscribers
- [entry #2] (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- altering (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- default (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- drop the subscriber view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- drop the subscription (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- extend the window to create a new view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purge the subscription window (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purpose (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing subscriber views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- retrieve change data from the subscriber views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subscribe to source tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- tasks (Data Warehousing Guide)
- subscription (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- anonymous (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- rule-based (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- subscription and recipient list (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- subscription and recipient lists (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- subscription handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- subscription management (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- subscription window
- purging (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBSCRIPT_BEYOND_COUNT exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SUBSCRIPT_OUTSIDE_LIMIT exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- subsetting
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- substates
- database resource (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- default (Data Guard Broker)
- effect on archived redo logs (Data Guard Broker)
- primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- substitutability (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attribute (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- collections and (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- column and row (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constraining (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- dependencies (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- narrowing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- turning off (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- views and (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- widening (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- substitutability of object types (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- substitution
- creating columns by inserting HttpUriType (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- substitution expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- substitution operator (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- substitution variables
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- appending characters immediately after (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- avoiding unnecessary prompts for value (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenation character (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- defined (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- parsing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- prefixing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restrictions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- single and double ampersands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- system variables used with (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- undefined (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- where and how to use (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- parsing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SUBSTR function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTR operator (Migration)
- SUBSTR SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR SQL functions (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR2 (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR4 (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRB (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRC (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR2 function (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTR4 function (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTR4 SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRB function (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTRB SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRC function (SQL Reference)
- SUBSTRC SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- substring index
- example for creating (Text Reference)
- substring_index attribute (Text Reference)
- subtotal values
- deriving (SQL Reference)
- subtree entry data, updating by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- subtree level search (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SUBTREE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SUBTREE parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- subtrees
- displaying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SUBTREE_LIST networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- subtypes (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #6] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CHARACTER (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compatibility (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- constrained versus unconstrained (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DEC (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DECIMAL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defining (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DOUBLE PRECISION (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- downgrading (Migration)
- dropping safely (SQL Reference)
- FLOAT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- indexing attributes of (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- INT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- INTEGER (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- NATURAL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- NATURALN (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMERIC (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- overloading (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- POSITIVE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- POSITIVEN (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- REAL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SIGNTYPE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SMALLINT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- specializing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- STRING (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- VARCHAR (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SUFFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with @ ("at" sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with EDIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with START command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suggested development approach for data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Suggested Presentation element
- meaning in appendices (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SUM aggregate function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SUM function (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- summaries (Concepts)
- summarization (Data Mining Concepts)
- in k-means (Data Mining Concepts)
- Summary Advisor (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Wizard (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Summary Advisor Wizard (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Summary dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- summary lines
- computing and printing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing and printing at ends of reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing same type, different columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing "grand" and "sub" summaries (totals) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing multiple on same break column (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Summary Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- summary management
- components (Data Warehousing Guide)
- See (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- creating with CWM2 APIs (OLAP User's Guide)
- logical steps for creating (OLAP User's Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- materialized views (OLAP User's Guide)
- tools for creating (OLAP User's Guide)
- validating (OLAP User's Guide)
- validating (OLAP User's Guide)
- warehouse requirements (OLAP User's Guide)
- summary of the pending jobs
- Active Jobs page (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- summary option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- summary tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- See (OLAP User's Guide)
- Sun JDK
- appropriate JDBC class files (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supported versions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Sun Microsystems JSWDK--see JSWDK (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Sun-specific configuration parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- SunSoft's SunNet Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- Super Administrator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- super users
- definition (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- logging in as (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- login events (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- user name and password (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- superceding
- apply delay interval (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- superclass selector (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- superclasses (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- and inheritance (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- attributes in (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- attributes of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- of object classes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- superior knowledge references (referrals) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- superset, strict (Globalization Support Guide)
- supersets and subsets (Globalization Support Guide)
- supertypes (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- supervised learning (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- supplemental logging
- adding data to redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- capture process (Streams)
- column lists (Streams)
- creating a unique key (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOG_GROUPS view (Streams)
- enabling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- [subentry #3] (Streams)
- [subentry #4] (Streams)
- for LogMiner utility (Administrator's Guide)
- identification key (full) (SQL Reference)
- instantiation (Streams)
- log switching and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LogMiner utility
- identification keys (Administrator's Guide)
- log groups (Administrator's Guide)
- minimal (SQL Reference)
- on primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- row subsetting (Streams)
- specifying (Streams)
- SUPPLEMENTAL_LOG_DATA_PK column
- of V$DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SUPPLEMENTAL_LOG_DATA_UI column
- of V$DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- supplementary characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- linguistic sort support (Globalization Support Guide)
- supplied packages
- invoker or definer rights (Concepts)
- supplied stoplists (Text Reference)
- suppliers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Support (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- support
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- for Oracle8 (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- for Unix (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- help (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- of association rule (Data Mining Concepts)
- table defaults
- editing (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- support for Oracle Change Management Pack
- obtaining (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- support for SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- supported broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- supported database objects (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- supported datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- supported file formats (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- supported territories (Globalization Support Guide)
- Supporting UTF-16 Unicode in the OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- supporting UTF-16 Unicode in the OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- supports(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.supports(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- suppress parameter
- Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- surname attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- surrogate pairs (Globalization Support Guide)
- surrogates. See dimension surrogates (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- survivability (Advanced Replication)
- design considerations (Advanced Replication)
- implementing (Advanced Replication)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters and (Advanced Replication)
- SUSPEND clause
- ALTER SYSTEM statement (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- suspend/resume mode (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [entry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- suspending a database (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [entry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- sustained standby recovery mode (SQL Reference)
- svr_pid.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- swapping (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- reducing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Swedish
- alternate spelling (Text Reference)
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- switch archiving mode (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- SWITCH command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SWITCH LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- SWITCH LOGFILE option
- ALTER SYSTEM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- switch redo log file (Reference)
- switching processes (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- switching roles (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- switchover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- control files and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initialization parameters and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initiating on the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby databases and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- no data loss and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- performing a rolling upgrade and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- processes that prevent (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CJQ0 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBSNMP (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- QMN0 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo logs and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- rolling upgrade and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL statements and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby databases not involved in (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- taking datafiles out of backup mode (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- typical use for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using Real Application Clusters and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- V$DATABASE view and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- verifying (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SWITCHOVER command
- DGMGRL command-line interface (Data Guard Broker)
- switchover command (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- switchover operations (Data Guard Broker)
- benefits (Data Guard Broker)
- broker tasks (Data Guard Broker)
- effect on database startup (Data Guard Broker)
- managing (Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisites (Data Guard Broker)
- setting up database property values (Data Guard Broker)
- starting (Data Guard Broker)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Broker)
- using Data Guard Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- using the SWITCHOVER command (Data Guard Broker)
- Switchover wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- SWITCHOVER_STATUS column
- of V$DATABASE view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- sword
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SYEAR datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- syllabary (Globalization Support Guide)
- symbolic links
- [entry #2] (Getting Started for Windows)
- and RMAN (Recovery Manager Reference)
- creating (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- tablespaces
- Advanced Replication support (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- symbolic links, rules with DIRECTORY objects and BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- symbols
- compound (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defining (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- simple (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- symbols, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- Symmetric Multi-Processor (SMP) systems (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- symmetric multiprocessor (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- symmetric multiprocessors (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYN function (Text Reference)
- SYN operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SYN synonym for USER_SYNONYMS view (Reference)
- SYNC attribute
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- required for no data loss environments (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SYNC log transport mode (Data Guard Broker)
- synchronization
- contrasted with provisioning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- described (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- from a connected directory to Oracle Internet Directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- from Oracle Internet Directory to a connected directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- goal of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- one-way (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- profile
- creating with the command-line tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- deregistering by using the command-line tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- profiles (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- scenarios (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- status attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- two-way (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- use of the change log (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- synchronization of execution contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- synchronization process (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- synchronization processes
- in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- synchronization profiles (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Synchronization Wizard application
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- starting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- SynchronizeSite procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- synchronizing
- one set of object definitions with another (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- synchronizing deferred index updates (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- synchronizing index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- improving performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- synchronizing with other directories (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- synchronous authentication mode, RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- synchronous communication
- in message queuing, definition (Concepts)
- synchronous replication (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- of destination of transactions (Advanced Replication)
- SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SYNC_SET change set
- system-generated change set (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SOURCE change source
- system-generated change source (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Syndication Server
- affiliates manager (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- content provider adaptor (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- content provider developer's kit (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- overview of operations (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- subscription manager (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- syndication manager (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- transport protocol manager (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- syndicators (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- synonym
- as schema object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- synonym operator (Text Reference)
- Synonyms (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- synonyms
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- changing the definition of (SQL Reference)
- constraints indirectly affect (Concepts)
- CREATE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- defining (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- definition and creation (Administrator's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- displaying dependencies of (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- exporting (Utilities)
- for data dictionary views (Concepts)
- granting
- system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- inherit privileges from object (Concepts)
- local (SQL Reference)
- location transparency using (Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- managing privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- privileges for creating (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges for dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- remote (SQL Reference)
- remote object security (Administrator's Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- renaming (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- stored procedures and packages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- support for (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- synonyms for (SQL Reference)
- uses of (Concepts)
- SYNONYMS view (Reference)
- syntactic checking (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Syntactical Conversion Issues (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- ANSI Code (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- CURSOR Declaration (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- DECLARE CURSOR Statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- Double '=' in WHERE Clause (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- EXEC SQL Statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- FETCH Clause (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- FOR UPDATE Option (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- Header Files SQLNOTFOUND (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- INCLUDE Files (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- OUTER JOIN Syntax (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- UNIQUE Keyword in the SELECT Clause (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- UPDATE Statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- syntax
- attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- bulk tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- bulkdelete (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- bulkload (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- bulkmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Catalog Management Tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- catalog management tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- catalog.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- command-line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- continuation lines (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- definition (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- diagram reading (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- embedded SQL statements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for connect identifiers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LDAP (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapadd (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapaddmt (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapbind (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapcompare (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapdelete (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapmoddn (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapmodifymt (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapsearch (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapUploadAgentFile.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- LDIF (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- LDIF and command-line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldifwrite (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- OID Control Utility (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- OID Database Password Utility (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- OID Database Statistics Collection Tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- OID Monitor (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- oidctl (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- oidpasswd (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- provisioning tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- rules for network configuration files (Net Services Reference Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLGLM subroutine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLNUL subroutine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLPRC (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored in schema (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- translator command line (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translator properties files (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax
- embedded SQL (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax (overview) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- syntax checking
- controlling with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax conventions
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager Reference)
- syntax diagram
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how to read (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how to use (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- symbols used in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax diagrams (SQL Reference)
- description of (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- explanation of (Recovery Manager Reference)
- how to read (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how to use (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- keywords (Recovery Manager Reference)
- loops (SQL Reference)
- multipart diagrams (SQL Reference)
- parameters (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- symbols used in (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- symbols used in BNF variant (Utilities)
- syntax diagrams for Module Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Syntax element
- meaning in appendices (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- syntax rules
- SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax, command line (JPublisher User's Guide)
- syntax, embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntaxes
- cannot add to subSchemaSubentry (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- new, adding (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tab in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- viewing
- by using by using ldapsearch (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SYS
- assigned permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- security permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- specifying password for CREATE DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS account
- default password (Administrator's Guide)
- objects owned (Administrator's Guide)
- policies for protecting (Administrator's Guide)
- policy enforcement (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- user (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS schema (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (SQL Reference)
- database triggers stored in (SQL Reference)
- functions stored in (SQL Reference)
- tables used by logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- user-created objects in (Migration)
- SYS user
- assigning password for (SQL Reference)
- SYS username
- data dictionary tables owned by (Concepts)
- security domain of (Concepts)
- statement execution audited (Concepts)
- temporary schema objects owned by (Concepts)
- V$ views (Concepts)
- SYS.ANYDATA (Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYS.AnyData. See Also AnyData datatype (Streams)
- SYS.AUD$ table
- audit trail (Administrator's Guide)
- creating and deleting (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSCATALOG view (Reference)
- SYSDATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSDATE datatype
- example (Utilities)
- SYSDATE function (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SYSDATE parameter
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SYSDBA
- connecting in Pro*C/C++ (Migration)
- connecting in Pro*COBOL (Migration)
- privilege for connecting (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSDBA option
- implicitly assumed for RMAN connect to target (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SYSDBA privilege (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SYSDBA privilege show to set (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SYSDBA privileges (Data Guard Broker)
- connecting without a password (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- for a single database on a computer (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- for all databases on a computer (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- to connect to the database (Data Guard Broker)
- SYSDBA system privilege
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- connecting to database (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA/SYSOPER Privileges (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SYSFILES view (Reference)
- sysId - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.sysId (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- SYSINFO function (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- SYSMAN password (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- SYSOPER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSOPER privilege (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- for connecting (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- how to set (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SYSOPER privileges
- for a single database on a computer (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- for all databases on a computer (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- SYSOPER system privilege
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- connecting to database (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSOPER/SYSDBA privileges
- adding users to the password file (Administrator's Guide)
- connecting with (Administrator's Guide)
- determining who has privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- granting and revoking (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSSEGOBJ view (Reference)
- SYSTEM
- specifying password for CREATE DATABASE (Administrator's Guide)
- statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- table design considerations (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- table-level CHECK constraint (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- tables
- DUAL (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- SYSTEM account
- default password (Administrator's Guide)
- objects owned (Administrator's Guide)
- policies for protecting (Administrator's Guide)
- system architecture (Performance Planning)
- configuration (Performance Planning)
- hardware components (Performance Planning)
- CPUs (Performance Planning)
- I/O subsystems (Performance Planning)
- memory (Performance Planning)
- networks (Performance Planning)
- software components (Performance Planning)
- data and transactions (Performance Planning)
- implementing business logic (Performance Planning)
- managing the user interface (Performance Planning)
- user requests and resource allocation (Performance Planning)
- system change number
- using V$DATAFILE to view information about (Administrator's Guide)
- when assigned (Administrator's Guide)
- System Change Number (SCN)
- incrementation (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Lamport (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- system change numbers
- archive file format (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- row level (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- system change numbers (SCN)
- applied SCN for a capture process (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- applied SCN for an apply process (Streams)
- captured SCN for a capture process (Streams)
- committed transactions (Concepts)
- coordination in a distributed database system (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- in-doubt transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- oldest SCN for an apply process (Streams)
- read consistency and (Concepts)
- redo logs (Concepts)
- start SCN for a capture process (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- when determined (Concepts)
- System class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- CPU data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- entering data manually (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- frequency of collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- getProperty method (Java Developer's Guide)
- importing data from .XDL file (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- memory data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- operating system data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- when to collect (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- System Colors for Windows (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- System Configuration File (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- system configuration file (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system control statements (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- PL/SQL support of (SQL Reference)
- system data
- deleting previously collected (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- keeping previously collected (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- system date
- altering (SQL Reference)
- system events (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- attributes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- attributes of (SQL Reference)
- client events (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- resource manager events (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- tracking (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- system failure
- effect on transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- system failures
- effect on transactions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- System Global Area (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- system global area
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- buffer areas (Reference)
- flushing (SQL Reference)
- holds sequence number cache (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- initialization parameters affecting size (Administrator's Guide)
- maximum concurrent transactions (Reference)
- rollback segment size (Reference)
- specifying buffer cache sizes (Administrator's Guide)
- updating (SQL Reference)
- system global area
- See SGA (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- System Global Area (SGA) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for statistics maintenance (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- parameters (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- sequence cache (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sizing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tuning for Oracle9i (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tuning parameters (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- system global area (SGA) (Concepts)
- allocating (Concepts)
- contents of (Concepts)
- data dictionary cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- database buffer cache (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- diagram (Concepts)
- fixed (Concepts)
- large pool (Concepts)
- limiting private SQL areas (Concepts)
- overview of (Concepts)
- redo log buffer (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- rollback segments and (Concepts)
- shared and writable (Concepts)
- shared pool (Concepts)
- size of (Concepts)
- variable parameters (Concepts)
- when allocated (Concepts)
- System Global Area tuning (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- System Global Area. See SGA (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- system header files
- specifying the location of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- system identifier
- multiple Oracle homes (Getting Started for Windows)
- Task List (Getting Started for Windows)
- Task Manager
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- using (Getting Started for Windows)
- system monitor (Administrator's Guide)
- system monitor process (SMON) (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- instance recovery (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML instance recovery (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML system recovery (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Real Application Clusters and (Concepts)
- rolling back transactions (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- temporary segment cleanup (Concepts)
- system object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- system objects
- importing (Utilities)
- system operational attributes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- viewing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- system owned object (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- system parameters (Text Reference)
- defaults for indexing (Text Reference)
- system performance (Reference)
- system privilege
- granting (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- revoking (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- system privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADMIN OPTION (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- ADMINISTER DATABASE TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- ADMINISTER_RESOURCE_MANAGER (Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER ANY CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- ALTER ANY DIMENSION (SQL Reference)
- ALTER ANY INDEX (SQL Reference)
- ALTER ANY INDEXTYPE (SQL Reference)
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- for external tables (Administrator's Guide)
- GRANT ANY OBJECT PRIVILEGE (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- granting (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- granting and revoking (Concepts)
- revoking (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- See also privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- user-defined types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- system recovery
- manual (Text Reference)
- system requirements (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- CyberSafe (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCE integration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Provider for OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- TestWORD (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- TestWORD.class (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- TestWORD.java (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- TestWORD.sql (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- tips
- for ADO programmers (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- troubleshooting
- Oracle COM automation PL/SQL errors (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Using the Microsoft Word Demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- wordemoj.doc (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- 16-bit code, not supported (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- errors (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- system requirements, of directories (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- system resources
- efficient utilization of (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- enabling and disabling (SQL Reference)
- SYSTEM rollback segment
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- altering storage parameters of (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM schema
- tables used by logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- system security
- definition (Concepts)
- system statistics
- gathering (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SYSTEM Tablespace
- creating locally managed (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM tablespace
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- cannot drop (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary stored in (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- description (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- initial rollback segment (Administrator's Guide)
- locally managed (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- media failure (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- MIG utility (Migration)
- online requirement of (Concepts)
- procedures stored in (Concepts)
- raw device (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- restrictions on taking offline (Administrator's Guide)
- space
- insufficient for upgrading (Migration)
- table design considerations (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- collection mappings (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- referential integrity constraints (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- when created (Administrator's Guide)
- system time
- changing
- effect on recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- system triggers
- effect on import (Utilities)
- testing (Utilities)
- SYSTEM user
- assigning password for (SQL Reference)
- SYSTEM username
- security domain of (Concepts)
- system variables
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- affecting SQL*Plus performance (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- influencing SQL*Plus performance (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- listing current settings (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing old and new values (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- screen buffer (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- Set Options area (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- setting (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- setting in iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing and restoring (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- tables
- defined (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- demonstration (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- used with substitution variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- value area (SQL*Plus Getting Started for Windows)
- System variables screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSTEM, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- system-defined preferences (Text Reference)
- system-generated names
- apply process (Streams)
- system-level access control (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- system-maintained values
- displaying in headers and footers (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying in titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting in titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- system-managed database files (New Features)
- system-specific Oracle documentation
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- datafiles, maximum number (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- PL/SQL wrapper (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- system-specific Oracle documentation
- Ada default filenames (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Ada default names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive command-line options (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- filename extensions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- filenames and extensions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- invoking SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_STANDARD package for Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system configuration files (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system-specific reference (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- system-specific references (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- System.out.primtln() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- systems
- types that benefit from Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- SYSTEM_PLAN for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE_MAP table (Reference)
- SYSTIMESTAMP function (SQL Reference)
- sysUpTime
- used to derive oraListenerUpTime value (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SYS_CONNECT_BY_PATH function (SQL Reference)
- SYS_CONTEXT
- and labeling functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- variables (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_CONTEXT function
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- access control (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dynamic SQL statements (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- parallel query (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- storing session variables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- syntax (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- USERENV namespace (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SYS_DBURIGEN (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- examples (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- inserting database references (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- passing columns or attributes (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- retrieving object URLs (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- returning partial results (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- returning Uri-refs (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- text function (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SYS_DBURIGEN function (SQL Reference)
- SYS_EXTRACT_UTC function (SQL Reference)
- SYS_GROUP for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_GUID function (SQL Reference)
- SYS_INCLUDE
- system header files in C++ (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SYS_INCLUDE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SYS_NC_ROWINFO$ column (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- SYS_NC_ROWINFO$ pseudocolumn (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- SYS_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- SYS_REFCURSOR
- generating a document for each row (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SYS_REFCURSOR type (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- SYS_TYPEID function (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- SYS_XDBPD$ (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- in query rewrites (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- suppressing (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SYS_XMLAgg (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SYS_XMLAGG function (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SYS_XMLAGG, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SYS_XMLGEN (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- converting a UDT to XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- converting XMLType instances (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- generating XML in SQL queries (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- inserting (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- object views (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- static member function create (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- tableProps attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- tablespace
- do not drop (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- using with object views (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XMLFormat attributes (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XMLGenFormatType object (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- SYS_XMLGEN function (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SYS_XMLGEN, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SYYYY datetime format element (SQL Reference)
Copyright © 2002 Oracle Corporation
All Rights Reserved.